© 2026 Zoe. All rights reserved.
Zoe is a legal information platform. Always consult the Federal Register of Legislation for authoritative text.
[2021] VSC 416
Supreme Court of Victoria
2021-07-13
Nichols J
Original judgment source is linked above.
CORPORATIONS - Oppression - Whether termination of appointment as director oppressive, unfairly prejudicial or unfairly discriminatory - Where breakdown in relationships between directors acting as quasi partnership - Whether plaintiff entitled to order remedying alleged underpayment for purchase of shares - Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), ss 232, 233.
CORPORATIONS - Constitutions - Whether directors empowered by constitution to terminate a director under constitution - Power to terminate reserved to company in general meeting - Contractual provisions reflecting replaceable rules - Where shareholders agreement accepted to provide power to terminate.
CONTRACT - Breach of shareholders agreement - Shareholders agreement required unanimous resolution as to value of shares - No valuation meeting contractual description undertaken - Whether unanimous informal agreement sufficient - Purposes of resolution.
EVIDENCE - Expert evidence as to valuation of company - Selection of appropriate capitalisation multiple - Weight to be placed on evidence from competing experts - Where some evidence not independently given - Expert evidence code of conduct - Supreme Court (General Civil Procedure) Rules 2015, Order 44.
Part A - Introduction and overview of the parties' cases
1 Members of the Plus Architecture group of companies conduct architectural practices in Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane and Perth. Until October 2017, Craig Yelland was one of the three principal directors of the Plus Architecture entities Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney, Plus Brisbane and Plus WA, and his company the plaintiff (YSPL), held shares in those entities. Plus International did not trade but held intellectual property available to the other entities and provided services to them, and was the trustee of the Plus International Unit trust, in which YSPL was a unitholder. This proceeding concerns Yelland's departure from Plus Architecture.[1]
2 Yelland was terminated as a director of Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane (together, the Principal Plus Entities) in November 2017, and the shares held by YSPL in those entities were transferred to other shareholders.
3 On 11 October 2017, the directors of Plus Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane served notices proposing that at directors meetings to be held on 2 November 2017, Yelland's employment as a director of each of those entities be terminated. The following day, 12 October 2017, Yelland served notice of his resignation as a director of each entity, intended to take effect in January 2018. The meetings proceeded on 2 November and the proposed resolutions (the Termination Resolutions) were passed.
4 YSPL contends that the conduct of the directors of the Principal Plus Entities (acting for their respective shareholder entities) in proposing and passing the Termination Resolutions and the resulting acquisition of its shareholding, were unfairly prejudicial to and oppressive to YSPL for the purposes of s 232 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Act).
5 Each of the Principal Plus Entities was governed by a constitution and a shareholders agreement executed in each case as a deed (shareholders agreement, or SHA). The terms of the shareholders agreements were, for present purposes, materially identical. The agreements prescribed a mechanism for the acquisition of shares from departing shareholders. A 30% discount was allowed where shares were divested following the termination of a director and in other circumstances, but not where a director had voluntarily resigned (the schedule 2B discount).
6 YSPL's central claim was that the purpose for the directors' actions in convening the 2 November meetings and voting to terminate Yelland's appointment was to obtain YSPL's shares with the schedule 2B discount, and there was no legitimate commercial basis for the resolutions or the vote. Alternatively, YSPL said that the termination of Yelland's position and the transfer of YSPL's shares was detrimental to YSPL and in the circumstances, unfairly and oppressively so.
7 It was common ground that the principal directors (Yelland, Rainer Strunz and Ian Briggs) had fallen into dispute about the future of Plus, but by mid-September 2017 they had agreed that Yelland would leave the business and that YSPL's shares would be bought out, once a price had been agreed. The significance of what was (or was not) agreed was contested. YSPL said that whatever disputes had existed in the past were irrelevant by that time. Moreover, by the time the 2 November meetings were convened Yelland had resigned by giving notice. It was open to the directors to accept Yelland's resignation immediately by waiving the three month notice period for which the shareholders agreements provided, in which case Yelland would have departed without serving out his notice period, but they did not do so. The resolutions were unnecessary, and prejudicial to YSPL. In pursuing them the directors formulated and implemented a 'punitive scheme' to force Yelland's departure and to compulsorily acquire his shareholding at a discount.
8 YSPL also contended that the Termination Resolutions were legally ineffective because they were made by ordinary resolution at directors meetings, but the power to remove a director was in fact reserved to the members of each company. However, in any event, once Yelland resigned by delivering his notices of resignation the contractual consequences of his leaving were determined; he was entitled under the shareholders agreements to be paid for his shares without the application of any discount (the schedule 2A value). It was too late after that time for the defendants to engage the schedule 2B discount provisions by passing resolutions to terminate his directorship.
10 YSPL also alleged that once Yelland was terminated from Plus Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane he was excluded from participating in the affairs of Plus International, of which he remained a director, and that that exclusion was unfairly prejudicial to and oppressive of YSPL.
11 YSPL formally seeks orders, pursuant to s 233 of the Act, that its shares in Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney, Plus Brisbane and Plus International be purchased by the defendants.[3] It should be noted that YSPL's ordinary shares in Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane have already been transferred, and YSPL provided a sum of money in respect of those shares, at a price determined by those companies. YSPL does not in fact seek to orders effecting a transfer of shares, but rather seeks to revisit the price for the transfers that have already occurred. The Court is not being asked to make orders compulsorily requiring the defendants to make a purchase (save for with respect to Plus International), but to award YSPL compensation for the share price YSPL says it ought to have received, had there not been oppressive conduct. YSPL contends that its shares in each of those companies should be valued at the market value or 'genuine commercial value' of the shares at the time of the oppressive conduct, less any sum already paid to YSPL in respect of the shares.[4] In respect of the value of the shares at the time of the alleged oppression YSPL relies on an expert report prepared by Campbell Jaski of PWC.
12 Separately, and as an alternative claim, YSPL sought damages for breach of the shareholders agreements. YSPL claimed that under the SHA it was entitled to be paid for its shares in an amount reflecting a genuine commercial valuation prepared or determined by a unanimous resolution of the shareholders in the years following Yelland's resignation, without the application of the schedule 2B discount (because schedule 2A was applicable to Yelland's leaving the Plus entities). No such valuations were determined, and the shareholders of the Principal Plus Entities paid a price for YSPL's shares that had not been arrived at by the process mandated by the shareholders agreements. YSPL had accepted those payments under protest but the defendants breached the shareholders agreements by failing to make payment in accordance with their terms. The prices in fact paid for YSPL's shares in each entity were, YSPL said, considerably below their market value and amortised over two years. Given that the valuations for each entity had not occurred, YSPL said that the Court should, for the purposes of awarding damages on the breach of contract claim, adopt the value for the shares in each entity arrived at for the purposes of the oppression claim, on the basis of the expert evidence called at trial.
13 The defendants' case was that the Termination Resolutions were made in accordance with the shareholders agreements and it was neither improper nor unreasonable to apply the provisions permitting a termination of Yelland's directorships, in the circumstances. The 2 November 2017 meetings were convened, and the resolutions were passed, in order to end a prolonged dispute that had led the principal parties into a deadlock. Yelland's resistance to any dilution of his shareholding and his obstruction of the promotion and encouragement of new directors had been a major contributor to that deadlock. The dispute was inhibiting the ability of the Plus entities to make decisions regarding the promotion of staff and corporate structuring.
14 Furthermore, Yelland had engaged in a pattern of disruptive and at times abusive conduct towards certain Plus Architecture staff that the other directors considered had to be brought to an end. The dispute had not been resolved despite Yelland's statements about leaving or resigning. No price for the purchase of YSPL's shares nor any process for his exit had been agreed. The directors did not think those issues capable of resolution. The decision to terminate Yelland's employment made commercial sense, and was justified because of the intractable dispute and dysfunctional relationships that it reflected. It cannot be said that in those circumstances, the decisions made by the Plus directors were decisions that no reasonable director would have made. The fact that the schedule 2B discount applied to the acquisition of shares where a director associated with a shareholding entity had been terminated was not a motivating factor in the decisions taken in respect of any of the Principal Plus Entities.
15 On the defendants' case Yelland's notice of resignation of 12 October 2017 made no difference to the validity of the resolutions passed on 2 November 2017. The resignation would not have taken effect before the expiry of the three months' notice period specified by the relevant shareholders agreements, a date after the passing of the resolutions to terminate his directorship. The schedule 2B discount was properly applied and payments for the acquired shares were made in accordance with the agreements, by reference to amounts that had been determined at the 2017 annual general meetings for each of Plus Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane. Finally, there was no conduct attracting ss 232-233 of the Act in relation to Yelland's participation in Plus International.
16 The issues and claims for determination are:
3. Did the relevant defendants breach the shareholders agreements by purporting to terminate Yelland and then acquiring YSPL's shares at the price paid? That question involves these questions involving the construction of the agreements: whether the directors, as opposed to the members of the relevant Plus entities, were empowered to terminate Yelland's appointment as a director; which of Yelland's resignation (resulting in the application of the schedule 2A valuation provisions) or the Termination Resolutions (resulting in the application of the schedule 2B discount) took effect; and whether the value of shares in Plus Melbourne, Sydney or Brisbane was determined by the members of each of those entities as required by the relevant shareholders' agreements (the Breach of Contract Claims).
(a) The answer to Issue 1 (Primary Oppression Claim) is no.
(b) The answer to Issue 2 (Plus International Oppression Claim) is no.
(c) The answers to Issue 3 (Breach of Conduct Claims) are:
(i) Yes, the directors were empowered to terminate Yelland's appointment as a director;
(ii) The Termination Resolutions resulting in the application of the schedule 2B discount took effect; and
(iii) No, the value of shares in Plus Melbourne, Sydney or Brisbane was not determined by the members of each of those entities as required by the relevant shareholders' agreements, although they were entitled to apply the schedule 2B discount to the properly determined value.
(d) The value of the shares is considered in Part E.
17 The second defendant (Plus Melbourne) was incorporated in 2000 by SJB Architects and NFK Architects as the corporate vehicle for a joint venture for the provision of architecture services in relation to Melbourne's Docklands precinct. Charles Justin was one of the founding directors of the company, and remained a director until 2012.
18 After the Docklands project Plus Melbourne established its own practice. Yelland, Strunz and Briggs, who had been associates of the firm, became directors of Plus Melbourne in 2006, and in 2007 companies controlled by them[6] each purchased 20% of Plus Melbourne's shares. Over time, the directors' controlled entities increased their respective shareholdings, and Yelland, Strunz and Briggs jointly assumed responsibility for the management of Plus Melbourne.
19 In 2011, Justin's company[7] purchased 10% of Plus Melbourne's shares. In 2015, Monster Architecture, a company controlled by Jessica Liew, an employee of Plus Melbourne,[8] purchased 5% of the shares issued in Plus Melbourne from Justin. The circumstances surrounding the acquisition of shares by Liew's company were central to the dispute between the principal players within Plus, and are considered below.
20 In 2014, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane were incorporated in an effort to expand the Plus Architecture brand nationally. Each of Yelland, Briggs and Strunz, (through their respective companies[9]) obtained shares in Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane, and each of them became directors of Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane.
21 Much of the day-to-day management of the business of Plus Sydney was conducted by Amit Julka and Rido Pin, directors of Plus Sydney. Julka's company,[10] and Pin's company,[11] are shareholders in Plus Sydney. Danilo Juric, a director of Plus Brisbane, assumed much of the day-to-day management of the business of Plus Brisbane. His company[12] is a shareholder in Plus Brisbane.
22 The first defendant, Plus International, was incorporated in 2014 and holds the intellectual property for the Plus Architecture brand, which it licenses to each of Plus businesses. It is the trustee of the Plus International Trust, the unitholders in which were the plaintiff, and the second, third, sixth and seventh defendants. Each of Yelland, Strunz and Briggs are directors of Plus International, and each of YSPL, Briggs Nominees and Strunz Nominees hold 400 shares in Plus International; as to the Trust itself, each of those entities held 30% of the issued units, and Plus Melbourne and Plus Sydney each held 5%.
23 By consent, during the trial, this proceeding was dismissed as against the fifth defendant, Plus Architecture Western Australia Pty Ltd (Plus WA), and two of its shareholders, the fifteenth and sixteenth defendants.
(a) The first to fifth defendants are the Plus Entities, and the second, third and fourth defendants and are the Principal Plus Entities, in respect of which YSPL's shares were transferred.
(b) YSPL alleges oppression in respect of the first defendant Plus International, and seeks orders, pursuant to s 233 of the Act, that Briggs Nominees (the sixth defendant, a company controlled by Briggs) and Strunz Nominees (the seventh defendant, a company controlled by Strunz), who are, together, the other shareholders of Plus International, purchase YSPL's shares in Plus International, and that Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney, Strunz Nominees and Briggs Nominees (together, the other unitholders in the Plus International Trust) purchase YSPL's units in the Plus International Trust;
(c) YSPL alleges oppression in respect of the second defendant, Plus Melbourne, and seeks orders, pursuant to s 233 of the Act, that certain other holders of ordinary shares in Plus Melbourne, namely, Briggs Nominees,[13] Strunz Nominees,[14] Family Clep Pty Ltd (a company controlled by Justin)[15] and Monster Architecture Pty Ltd (a company controlled by Liew)[16] purchase its shares in Plus Melbourne at a value to be determined by the Court;[17]
(d) YSPL alleges oppression in respect of the third defendant, Plus Sydney, and seeks orders, pursuant to s 233 of the Act, that the holders of ordinary shares in Plus Sydney, namely Briggs Nominees, Ormond SSFM Pty Ltd (a company controlled by Strunz),[18] Julka Nominee Pty Ltd (a company controlled by Julka)[19] and Pin Design Pty Ltd (a company controlled by Pin) purchase YSPL's shares in Plus Sydney at a value to be determined by the Court;
(e) YSPL alleges oppression in respect of the fourth defendant, Plus Brisbane, and seeks orders, pursuant to s 233 of the Act, that certain other shareholders of Plus Brisbane, namely Briggs Nominees, Ormond SSFM Pty Ltd and Bright Young Things Projects Pty Ltd (a company controlled by Juric) purchase YSPL's shares in Plus Brisbane.[20]
25 With respect to its breach of contract claim, YSPL submits that it was entitled to be paid for its shares in accordance with schedule 2A of the shareholders agreements and, thus, each of Briggs Nominees, Strunz Nominees, Family Clep Pty Ltd, Monster Architecture Pty Ltd, Ormond SSFM Pty Ltd, Julka Nominee Pty Ltd, Pin Design Pty Ltd and Bright Young Things Projects Pty Ltd breached the respective shareholders agreements to which they were party, by failing to value YSPL's shares in accordance with schedule 2A, and pay for YSPL's shares on that basis.[21]
26 Yelland gave evidence for the plaintiff and was cross-examined. Strunz, Briggs, Liew, Juric and Julka gave evidence for the defendants, as did former employee Amy McArthur, former director Justin, and the accountant for Plus Architecture Sam Marzano. All but Justin and Marzano were cross-examined. The plaintiff and the defendants called expert witnesses on the value of the plaintiff's shares - Jaski for the plaintiff and Darryn Hockley for the defendants.
Issue 1 - Whether the conduct of the directors of the 2nd to 4th defendants (Plus Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane) in proposing and passing the Termination Resolutions, and the compulsory acquisition of YSPL's shareholding pursuant to the schedule 2B valuation provisions, was conduct attracting s 232 of the Act such that a remedy pursuant to s 233 ought be awarded.
27 Although the relationship between Yelland, Briggs, Strunz and Liew had become dysfunctional, this was not a case in which YSPL sought relief under s 233 of the Corporations Act because of the breakdown itself. YSPL's case was that in all of the circumstances there could have been no commercial basis for the actions of the directors in terminating Yelland. YSPL's pleaded case was that the Termination Resolutions were passed for the purpose of allowing the principal Plus entity shareholders other than YSPL, to acquire YSPL's shares at the 30% discount and on the schedule 2B payment terms. The case was opened and run on the basis that that was the sole purpose motivating the defendants. As YSPL's Senior Counsel put it in final submissions, it would be sufficient, however, were I to find that it was a motivating purpose in circumstances where the defendants did not need to terminate Yelland in order to obtain their stated commercial objectives. The alternative case was that the effect of the Termination Resolutions and consequent acquisition of YSPL's shares was detrimental to YSPL and in the circumstances, unfairly and oppressively so.
28 YSPL said that the defendants were not contractually entitled to act as they did[22] but even if they were, their actions were commercially unjustified and unfair.
29 On YSPL's case the factual matrix relevant to its oppression claim is narrow - it turns on a nine week period beginning on 15 September 2017, the final day of a lengthy mediation between the central actors. The defendants maintained, to the contrary, that developments in the relationship between Strunz, Briggs and Yelland, their negotiations over succession planning, and aspects of Yelland's behaviour, all of which occurred well before September 2017, legitimately informed the assessments they made of their options and the actions the directors took later in 2017.
30 Much of the evidence of the defendants' witnesses concerning the events that occurred prior to 15 September 2017 was unchallenged, and very few of the facts relevant to the whole period were contested. The cross-examination of the defendants' witnesses was limited, reflecting a forensic judgment by the plaintiff. YSPL said in submissions that that course had been taken because on its case, the historical events were largely irrelevant.
31 It was not in contest that Briggs, Strunz and Yelland fell into serious dispute in 2017. What was in contest was the characterisation of the facts and circumstances for the purposes of YSPL's oppression claim. YSPL's case concentrated on the motivations for the directors in proposing and passing in the Termination Resolutions on 2 November 2017.
The court must determine whether reasonable directors, possessing any special skill, knowledge or acumen possessed by the directors and having in mind the importance of furthering the corporate object on the one hand and the disadvantage, disability or burden which their decision will impose on a member on the other, would have decided that it was unfair to make that decision.[25]
(b) At a minimum, the statutory phrase 'oppressive to, unfairly prejudicial or unfairly discriminatory against' imports a standard of unfairness to the evaluative determination whether conduct is oppressive.[26] Whether conduct is relevantly unfair is a question of fact and degree, and is to be judged objectively.[27]
(c) Commercial unfairness may assume many forms. It might inhere in the harm suffered by the conduct, the lack of reasonable commercial justification for the course taken, or in the character of the decision making process itself.[28] That is not say that any decision by directors which might affect the interests of a shareholder adversely is to be considered oppressive, unless it was one that no reasonable directors could have made.[29]
(d) Sections 232 and 233 are to be read broadly. Reference to decided cases may helpfully expose how the statutory concept of oppression is to be understood, but as French CJ said in Campbell v Backoffice Investments Pty Ltd (Campbell v Backoffice), '[t]he imposition of judge-made limitations on their scope is to be approached with caution'.[30]
(e) The conduct of a company's affairs may be unfair notwithstanding that the relevant directors did not hold any particular state of mind or intent and the operation of s 232 may be attracted to a decision made in good faith and for a purpose within power, but which reasonable directors would think unfair.[31] Nor is it to be supposed that there cannot be oppression 'on the part of one who thinks that he or she is acting rightly'.[32]
(f) YSPL relied upon the decision of Byrne J in Re George Raymond Pty Ltd; Salter v Gilbertson, for the proposition that the fact that the conduct in question was engaged in bona fide and even on legal or other advice, is no defence to an allegation of oppression.[33] While that statement of principle is undoubtedly correct, taken out of context it tends to obscure the nature of the relevant inquiry. A finding of oppression involves an evaluative judgment, taking into account all the circumstances of the particular case. Indeed as Byrne J also said, '[t]his does not mean that the honesty or probity of the majority is to be ignored'.[34] While the absence of dishonesty is no answer by itself, to a claim of oppression, it may also be a factor to take into consideration. Proof of intent on behalf of the alleged oppressor is neither required, nor necessarily irrelevant, to the inquiry.
(g) In analysing the conduct the subject of a claim, it is relevant to consider the course of conduct taken by the parties, including any relevant conduct of the plaintiff.[35]
(h) The Court will not lightly interfere with the traditional roles of directors and shareholders in the management of a company;[36] the Court must avoid an unwarranted assumption of the responsibility for management of the company.[37]
(i) The defendants submitted that, 'actions taken by a corporation in accordance with a company's constitution would rarely support an oppression claim, save where some improper or objectionable exercise of discretion occurred' relying upon the decision of Beach J of the Federal Court in Donaldson v Natural Springs Australia Limited (Donaldson).[38] Further, relying on the reasoning of Ferguson J in Arhanghelschi v Ussher (Arhanghelschi),[39] the defendants said that that principle also applied to any action taken by a corporation in compliance with a shareholders agreement. That submission was put too highly. In Donaldson, Beach J did not set down a general proposition. Rather, his Honour distinguished between those cases in which an action was taken by a corporation pursuant to a discretionary power exercisable under the constitution, and a power that was required to be exercised by the corporation under the constitution; in the former scenario Beach J found that 'its exercise (or failure to exercise) in a particular way may enliven s 232', but in the latter scenario, where there was no discretion and the company was obliged by its constitution to act in a certain manner, Beach J said that it was difficult to see how the conduct could enliven s 232.[40] This case is one in which actions were taken by directors of each of the Plus entities pursuant to discretionary powers found in each of the shareholders agreements. As such (and if it be the submission advanced), it is inappropriate to approach the inquiry required by s 232 from the presumptive position that any action taken in accordance with the terms of the shareholders agreements regulating the exercise of the discretionary power will be taken not to be oppressive, unless there is some degree of impropriety in the exercise of that power.
(j) However, as the reasoning of Arhanghelschi illustrates, the existence of terms in a shareholders agreement, voluntarily agreed upon by all parties, empowering certain shareholders or directors to take action, is a relevant factor to take into account when assessing the commercial unfairness of the impugned conduct.[41] In that case, the fact that the aggrieved party had agreed to the terms of the unitholders deed (which included provisions which regulated the manner in which a unitholder's interest would be acquired upon their exit, voluntary or otherwise, from the business) was found to be factor to which a reasonable director would have regard when assessing whether the conduct was commercially unfair. Indeed, Ferguson J found that the plaintiff was relevantly aware that pursuant to terms of the deed the 'majority would govern' in the event the relevant clauses were invoked.[42] The existence of a discretionary power pursuant to a shareholders agreement to engage in conduct is not, on its own, an answer to the question whether that conduct is oppressive; but, as the reasoning in Arhanghelschi elucidates, it is a highly relevant circumstance, in the matrix of circumstances, that informs how a reasonable commercial bystander would assess commercial unfairness.
(k) YSPL submitted that the factors, as outlined in s 387 of the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth), to which regard must be had by the Fair Work Commission when determining whether a dismissal was an unfair dismissal, could usefully inform the understanding of commercial unfairness where a claim of oppression involves the dismissal of a plaintiff or plaintiff shareholder's principal, because those standards are the expectations set down by Parliament to govern workplaces in Australia. Accordingly, YSPL submitted, they form part of the factual landscape in which to assess what a reasonable director would find fair. I accept that the factors to be considered by the Fair Work Commission when determining whether a dismissal was unfair might be relevant to determining the standard of commercial unfairness that constitutes oppressive conduct in some contexts, but analogy to unfair dismissal principles in the current case is inapt. This claim was not brought by Yelland in his personal capacity as an employee of Plus, but through his company YSPL. The conduct complained of was not the fact of Yelland's exit from Plus Architecture but rather the manner in which YSPL's shares were acquired upon Yelland's exit from Plus Architecture. Indeed, YSPL was at pains to stress that Yelland resigned voluntarily, both as a director and then as an employee. Unfair dismissal laws are designed to provide redress to employees who would otherwise have little bargaining power, and few avenues to challenge the termination of their employment. In this case Yelland, while technically an employee, was one of the senior directors of the companies, whose relationship with each company was governed by a voluntarily negotiated shareholders agreement.
(l) If a court determines that the grounds for making an order pursuant to s 233 (as set out in s 232) have been satisfied, s 233 confers on the court broad powers to fashion orders that cure or terminate the oppressive conduct, or compensate the wronged party for any loss occasioned by that conduct.
(m) In assessing whether orders should be made pursuant to s 233(1)(e) requiring the purchase of shares from a member (and, relatedly, in determining the price to be paid for any such shares) the Court must be guided by the principle that the price to be paid is compensatory in nature and is aimed at redressing the wrong done (the oppressive conduct).[43] The purpose of granting relief pursuant to s 233 is to remedy, or compensate for loss occasioned by, the conduct considered oppressive for the purposes of s 232(e). As such, it is permissible that the price to be paid for an aggrieved party's shares pursuant to such an order does not reflect their real or actual worth and that the price to be paid may be adjusted to reflect the value the shares would have had but for the oppressive conduct.[44]
(n) Consistently with the compensatory principle, if the aggrieved party has not suffered any loss as a result of the oppressive conduct, the Court may exercise its discretion not to make any award at all.[45]
(o) While the Court's power to order relief is not conditional on the existence of ongoing oppressive conduct, the absence of continuing oppression may indicate that the awarding of relief is not an appropriate exercise of discretion.[46]
B.2 Circumstances and significant events before mid-September 2017
33 Before approaching the characterisation of the acts of November 2017 said to amount to oppression of YSPL, it is necessary to consider the events and the relationships between the parties leading up to November 2017.
34 By way of background, in 2011 Justin's company acquired 10% of the shares in Plus Melbourne, and each of Strunz, Briggs and Yelland (through their nominated shareholders) held a 30% stake. Over time, Yelland, Strunz and Briggs had jointly assumed responsibility for the management of Plus Melbourne. They had different but complementary strengths which, as Yelland put it, together constituted the three pillars of a successful architecture firm. Briggs was responsible for design; Strunz, for project delivery. Yelland was responsible for ensuring that projects were financially viable and that developers made a profit out of the projects, but was not responsible for personally winning work. His time was also spent on strategy, business development, marketing and mentoring of staff. The three directors functioned as a quasi-partnership, making decisions by consensus or majority, and no single director dominated the decision making process.
35 Justin stepped down as a director of Plus Melbourne in July 2012, but continued to assist Yelland, Briggs and Strunz in the development of Plus by providing mentorship and strategic advice derived from his experience of more than 40 years in managing architectural practices. He attended monthly board meetings, weekly breakfasts with the directors and key staff, and participated in annual general meetings and meetings on particular issues as they arose. He was, evidently, a trusted advisor who was closely involved with Strunz, Briggs and Yelland, until the central relationships involving Yelland unravelled from early 2017.
36 The fracture in central relationship was precipitated by Strunz and Briggs on the one hand, and Yelland on the other, holding starkly different views of the succession model for the business. That fact was revealed in deliberations over what would happen to Justin's remaining shares on his retirement, and specifically whether they would be acquired by Liew, who had been with Plus Melbourne since 2003. The dispute became deeply personal and the central relationships foundered. It was also concentrated on Strunz's and Briggs' concerns about Yelland's moves to minimise Justin's involvement in the business, and Yelland's relationships with some staff including Liew.
37 After they had assumed control of Plus Melbourne, Strunz, Briggs and Yelland had agreed upon a business model for its expansion which involved them establishing new businesses interstate by identifying in each case a key local person with whom to partner, who would become a director and shareholder with them in a new local Plus entity. Both Briggs and Strunz believed that it had always been intended that as those entities grew, Strunz, Yelland and Briggs would sell down their shareholding over time to the local director or directors. Briggs and Strunz placed significant value on the prospect of local directors being invited over time to acquire substantial equity stakes in their respective entities, which, they thought, would allow them to attract and retain quality people who would ensure the success of the Plus entities, enabling each entity to leverage off the success of the others.
38 Justin, although not a director, was closely involved with Strunz, Briggs and Yelland, and shared that vision. Justin was not cross examined and YSPL submitted in closing that there was no reason not to accept his evidence. He said that over the years he, Briggs, Strunz and Yelland had had many conversations in which they had discussed that the plan for the growth of the Plus business was founded on the principle that as the business grew, Strunz, Briggs and Yelland would sell down their shares to new incoming directors. That Yelland took a different view did not become apparent to the other directors until discussions in mid-2016 (discussed below).
39 Justin had told Briggs, Strunz and Yelland that he wanted to retire when he turned 70 in 2017, and wanted to sell his shares. Liew was identified as the person who would most likely be the next director of Plus Melbourne. Yelland had mentored Liew. In February 2013, Yelland handed Liew a letter about her future at Plus Melbourne which relevantly read:
We are very pleased to have watched your growth as an employee. Your dedication, loyalty and hard work has placed you in high regard. We trust this will continue and you will be able to make the transition from employee to business partner. We would like to confirm our discussion around how we see your future at Plus - once you start winning work. The following will give you our intended road map that we hope you follow ... Once you have won and written over $2M in fees we intend to do the following:
After you own 10% of Plus we are open to a discussion about increasing your ownership provided it is proportionate to input.
40 Justin's understanding was that he, Strunz, Briggs and Yelland had agreed he would sell his shares to Liew in two tranches of 5% each, which would allow them to monitor her performance and ensure she was meeting her KPIs, and make buy-in affordable. The minutes of the Plus Melbourne Annual General Meeting held on 6 August 2014 recorded in relation to shareholding that,
Next step is Jess buys 5% shares on 1st Jan 2015 from Charles. She will receive profits based on the time she owns shares. Get lawyer to do a shareholder resolution ... Jess current 2.5% bonus for willing work stays until she is 10% shareholder. At that point, she will receive profit distributions instead of the 2.5% bonus. Jess package to increase to $150K on next pay period. RIC[47] to be increased to $200k ... The second 5% will be offered on 1st July 2016 provided she meets her KPIs. RIC to create these. This will include 25% of work generated by plus to be brought in by Jess. And other KPIs such as profit, staff, design etc.
41 Yelland accepted when cross-examined that the February 2013 letter and the 2014 AGM minutes recorded a clear intention agreed between Strunz, Briggs and Yelland that Liew would receive all of Justin's shares, in particular that their shared expectation was that the final 5% tranche of shares would be transferred to Liew provided that she met her performance requirements. In November 2014, a draft revised shareholders agreement was prepared for Plus Melbourne and circulated between Liew, Strunz, Briggs and Yelland. It contemplated the transfer of shares from Justin to Liew in two tranches and provided for the transfer of the second tranche by 1 January 2016.
42 Liew met her KPIs, including writing $2 million worth of new business as specified in the February 2013 letter. She became a director of Plus Melbourne in January 2015, at which time her shareholding entity, Monster Architecture Pty Ltd, purchased 5% of Justin's entity's shares, and in March 2015 she became an equal shareholder in Plus New Zealand, with Strunz, Briggs, Yelland and the local New Zealand director. Liew exceeded her KPIs for 2015. It was her understanding that because she was still meeting her KPIs and generating substantial fees for Plus Melbourne, that she would have the opportunity to acquire the remaining 5% of Justin's shares on 1 July 2016.
43 The minutes for the 2015 AGM for Plus Melbourne which was held on 20 August 2015 recorded that Liew was to receive a pay rise to match Strunz, Briggs and Yelland. It was noted that Justin intended to depart in 2017, that Strunz, Briggs, Yelland and Justin agreed that his ongoing involvement and support until 2017 was valuable, and that succession planning should be addressed soon.
44 Liew considered from about the time of the 2015 Melbourne AGM Yelland had begun to put her down in her presence, including in front of other staff and directors. One incident (the only one discussed in any detail in the evidence) was a team-building workshop held in February 2016 with an external facilitator and attended by Briggs, Yelland, Liew and several senior associates. Participants were asked to describe other people who were present in the session and, when asked to describe Liew, Yelland said that she was a 'mean' person who treated staff 'badly'. Liew was shocked by Yelland's statement. Some staff present responded to Yelland's comment, disagreeing with it. Yelland accepted Liew's account of the training session. He said, in justification of his comments, that because the facilitator had encouraged honest participation, it was appropriate for him to express his view in that way.
45 At about that time, Yelland told Liew in passing that his shares would only be sold some time far into the future and to someone his daughter's age. Liew began to doubt whether she would in fact acquire a further 5% shareholding if it was on offer. By late 2016, Liew had begun to lose trust in Yelland and to question his motives in relation to her ongoing involvement in the company. She found the situation, and working with him, very stressful. The issues were significant enough for her to consult a psychologist. None of her evidence in that regard was challenged.
46 In June 2016 Strunz, Briggs and Yelland first met to specifically discuss the future of their shareholdings. They discussed the same issue several times over the next few months. Briggs' unchallenged recollection was that he attended 13 meetings between November 2016 and April 2017, with the early meetings moderated by Justin. It became apparent from the first meeting that Strunz and Briggs shared a common vision of selling shares down to new partners sooner, with a view to reaching equal shareholding between all directors, but Yelland's vision was that he, Strunz and Briggs maintain significant shareholdings for as long as possible until retirement, keeping new directors at a 5% shareholding but providing them with an increased salary to incentivise them. Yelland said at one of their meetings that the next person to whom he would sell his shares was his then five year old daughter. Yelland also said that he had no interest in what happened to the company once he retired. Briggs and Strunz, however, wanted a business that could be handed on to future directors.
47 It also became apparent that Yelland was not willing to allow Liew to purchase Justin's remaining 5% shareholding. Briggs and Strunz told Yelland during those meetings, that they wanted to have Liew as a more significant shareholder and considered it relevant that at that time, she was bringing in more fees than Yelland. Yelland strongly disagreed that Liew should become an equal shareholder.
48 Strunz and Briggs perceived that Yelland had moved the goalposts in those discussions both in relation to Liew and more generally. In his evidence Yelland denied that he had changed his position, saying that he was consistent in his desire to maintain two tiers of directors - the original directors who would each continue to own about 25% of each Plus entity, and another tier, who would each own about 5% of the relevant entity. That view had not been communicated to Briggs or Strunz before mid-2016.
49 In late 2016, Justin again raised the subject of his shares with Strunz, Briggs and Yelland because they were approaching the time when the second tranche of his shares (the remaining 5% parcel) was to be sold. Yelland said that he would not allow the shares to be sold to Liew. He also said that he did not trust her and thought that she was trying to get rid of him from Plus, and that her performance was 'not that good'. Justin's evidence (which was unchallenged) was that Yelland's views about Liew's performance and her attitude towards Yelland were a complete surprise to him. He considered that Yelland's impression of Liew was unfounded and that in any case, they had all agreed that he would sell his remaining shares to Liew. Strunz and Briggs said that they agreed with Justin and told Yelland so.
50 The fact that the differences between them on the subject of the ownership of Plus shares were stark, became plain during and in the aftermath of one of their regular breakfast meetings on 28 February 2017 at which Yelland, Justin, Liew, McArthur and Strunz were present.
51 At that meeting, the issue of the sale of the remaining 5% of Justin's shares was again discussed and Justin said that he would not sell his remaining tranche until the group had decided who would get them. Yelland proposed that each of Yelland, Briggs and Strunz purchase Justin's remaining 5% shareholding and when Strunz said that he did not agree, Yelland said that he would exercise his right under the shareholders agreement to buy them himself.
52 Yelland (on Strunz's account, which was unchallenged) appeared to became very angry and told Justin that he would sue him if he would not sell the shares, and that he, Yelland, was willing to buy them. Strunz told Yelland, in response, that he would vote to terminate Yelland's contract. Strunz sent a WhatsApp message to Briggs later that day describing what had happened at the meeting, in these terms:
You missed quite a show at breakfast this morning. Craig threatened Charles with legal action. And after that I told him I'll vote to have his contract terminated! Wow. It was awful. Knives are out. And it's getting ugly. Charles was hurt.
53 Yelland also sent a WhatsApp message to Briggs and Strunz that day, in which he said to Briggs:
Ian. It's all going pear shaped. And I lost my cool this morning. I told Charles I will be taking legal action if he breaches his contract to sell his last 5% on 1st July. RS asked me to resign. Obviously I said no.
54 Yelland said in his evidence that he considered that Justin had made a legally binding agreement that he would sell his final shares by June 2017 to Strunz, Briggs and Yelland, and that he was entitled to force Justin to sell the shares regardless of whether the other directors agreed. After the 28 February breakfast meeting, on the same day, Yelland emailed Justin attaching a letter dating from 2010 which, Yelland said, was a contract signed by Justin requiring him to sell his shares on 1 July 2017. The letter, from Justin on behalf of SJB Architects, set out an 'offer...agreed in principle' in relation to the 40% shareholding in Plus Melbourne then held by SJB and FKA (that is, SJB Architects and Fender Katsilidis Architects), which included as one element, that the balance of the shares would be 'similarly sold within 5 years... i.e. July 1st 2017 the timing of which will be at the discretion of SJB and FKA'. The letter appeared to have been subsequently signed by Justin, Briggs, Yelland, Strunz, and Karl Fender for Fender Katsilidis. Yelland's email also referred to the provision in the shareholders agreement governing the determination of the value of shares transferred between shareholders and requiring the company to first offer shares the subject of a transfer notice, to the remaining majority shareholders.
55 Justin's response to Yelland on 28 February pointed to the fact that the structures within Plus Melbourne had substantially changed since the 2010 letter, which was a 'side-agreement' to the then current shareholders agreement. He said that the current shareholders agreement, which superseded previous agreements, did not require Justin to sell his shares. He went on to say -
... in the context of the above to be threatened with legal action is laughable. ... In addition I find it totally hypocritical that you expect me to honour an agreement that is superseded, yet you are not prepared to honour an agreement to sell another 5% of shares to Jessica which is currently in place and supported by 70% of the shareholders. I refer you to clause 3(a) of the shareholders agreement which requires each director to be 'just and faithful to each other and to carry out their duties so that the Company conducts the Business to the mutual benefit of the Shareholders' I believe your conduct is in breach of this obligation. Your position is self-serving ... which all other shareholders regard as being detrimental to the long term growth and sustainability of Plus. Your bullying, coercive and intimidating tactics are contrary to the ethos of Plus and is destroying all the goodwill which built Plus to the great company it is ... The mechanisms within the shareholders agreement to resolve disputes is through mediation and arbitration. Once lawyers get involved that will be the end. I suggest you take a long hard look at yourself and the position you are taking and what the potential consequences will be.
56 Yelland's response (copied to Briggs and Strunz), the following day, read,
I find it amazing that two intelligent people can have such completely different views.
Imaging [sic] for a minute that Alan and Michael[48] wanted to make Alfred an equal shareholder and for many reason you felt strongly that you didn't. Would they force you into it? I don't think so. I think they would respect your point of view and not bully you into it. Now imagine for a minute that Alfred:
- can't design
- is a tyrant with staff
- has not developed one single staff member since becoming a director
- asked that YOU be removed
- can't be trusted
- doesn't win enough work to cover his costs
- offers nothing as a board member.
Now how do you fell about your partners bullying you into Alfred's promotion? Please ponder this.
57 Yelland was cross-examined about that email. He accepted that the reference to the 'Alfred' was intended as an analogy to Liew. He accepted that he meant to convey that Liew had the characteristics set out in the email. Yelland considered that Liew's relationships with staff were not good enough for her to become an equal shareholder. He consistently maintained that position in his evidence. He accepted the statement in the email that Liew was not winning enough work to cover her costs was false. When asked why he wrote it, he said he was 'just using examples'. The purpose of the communication, he said, was to try to persuade Justin to his view about Liew. He accepted that it was not true that Liew had nothing to offer as a board member, and agreed that in fact, she did have things to offer. He said that he had tried to 'base [the email in] as much fact as I could', but that he 'overstepped and exaggerated'. The reference to Liew trying to get rid of Yelland was, Yelland said, a suspicion based on a conversation in which, on his account, Liew said to him that they should 'get rid of Ian' [Briggs] because they 'need[ed] a starchitect'. That conversation was not put to Liew. Yelland agreed that Liew did not take any steps to try and get rid of Briggs. That suspicion was the basis, Yelland said, of the statement that Liew could not be trusted. Asked whether he regretted sending the email, given the exaggerated and in some respects false statements about Liew, his evidence was that, he was 'trying to convince Charles, so no, I don't regret sending it'. I accept the defendants' characterisation of that evidence as disclosing a preparedness by Yelland, in this instance, to prosecute his own case by making allegations he knew to be untrue.
58 The 28 February 2017 meeting and communications in the subsequent days revealed that, by that time, the relationships between Yelland and Justin and Yelland and Strunz were broken and antagonistic. What Strunz said (as reported to Briggs after the meeting) was also significant because it reveals that he was prepared to contemplate voting to terminate Yelland at that point in time, as a response to Yelland's attack on Justin and in the context of what by then appeared to have become an intractable dispute about the shareholding issue.
59 Briggs formed the view that from that point their relationship had broken down. His unchallenged evidence was that it subsequently never recovered.
60 After the 28 February 2017 meeting Yelland told the others that he did not want to continue the weekly directors' breakfast meetings with Justin. Briggs and Strunz did not agree. They each considered the meetings to be important and Justin's contribution to be valuable. Strunz, Briggs and Justin continued to meet over breakfast but Yelland stopped attending. Strunz's unchallenged evidence was that he was very upset by Yelland's behaviour towards Justin.
61 Sometime in the ensuing weeks Yelland announced, without consulting Briggs or Strunz, that Justin was not to attend the board meetings anymore and that he should not take any further advisory role in the business. Strunz and Briggs discussed the issue with Justin and agreed that he would not attend board meetings. They did so, on their unchallenged accounts, despite considering Justin to have been contributing valuably to board meetings, in order to try to keep the peace and to try to resolve their differences with Yelland.
62 Around that time Yelland said he wanted to introduce other associates to acquire shares in Plus Melbourne from Justin (distributing the remaining 5% of Justin's shares), rather than allowing Liew to acquire the shares, and without reducing the proportion of shares held by Strunz, Briggs and Yelland.
63 Briggs, like Strunz, became, as he described it, deeply concerned about Yelland's refusal to support the transfer of the 5% shareholding to Liew. He regarded Yelland's position as a fundamental betrayal of Liew and considered that Yelland's position departed from what had been previously agreed. Strunz's evidence was that by that time, his relationship with Yelland had begun to break down and it broke down completely a couple of months later. Neither Strunz nor Briggs was challenged on their assessment of the impact of these issues on their partnership with Yelland.
64 From the latter part of 2016 and into 2017, Briggs observed what he considered to be Yelland 'sniping' at Liew both to her in person in the presence of other staff, and behind her back. Briggs' evidence was unelaborated but he was not cross-examined on this aspect of his evidence. Briggs was concerned by early 2017 that Plus Melbourne may not be able to retain Jessica Liew who, at that time, was a significant fee earner and in his assessment a major contributor to Plus, if she was prevented from acquiring more shares as had previously been agreed. He was also concerned the relationship between Yelland and Liew had broken down.
65 Shortly after the 28 February 2017 breakfast meeting, Strunz and Briggs sought legal advice. The advice was not in evidence but Strunz said that he had sought clarity on what might happen if they could not agree, by which I infer he meant what their options would be if Briggs, Strunz and Yelland could not reach agreement on the shareholding structure going forward. Later, during the final mediation session with Yelland (discussed below) he told Yelland that the advice had been that they could require Yelland to leave.
66 On 2 March 2017, Yelland met with Liew, at his instigation. Yelland told Liew that he did not intend for her to acquire more than the 5% of Justin's shares that she had already acquired, for the rest of her life. He said he intended to reduce her salary to $100,000 plus 10% of the profits brought in on certain jobs. She considered that to be a significant decrease on her existing salary. Yelland showed her a copy of a spreadsheet setting out his version of share succession, with Liew retaining 5% of the company shares in perpetuity, and two other associates becoming shareholders in 2018 and by 2020 each holding a 5% share. Strunz, Briggs and Yelland would sell down their shares commencing in 2019, but such that until and including 2030, each would hold 28.33% of the shares.
67 After the meeting with Yelland, Liew became distressed and concluded that she was unsupported by Yelland in her role as a director and employee of Plus Melbourne and that her relationship with Yelland had substantially broken down. She considered resigning from Plus Melbourne at that point. Liew was eight months pregnant at the time, and contemplated whether she should resign after she had given birth to her child. Shortly afterwards she went on maternity leave. At around that time (probably from late 2016) Liew had sought advice from a psychologist in relation to the situation with Yelland. As she explained it, she wanted to make sure that she was not being too emotional, and to get advice on how to handle the situation.
68 Yelland told Briggs about his meeting with Liew, reporting the substance of what had been discussed. Yelland said, in his evidence, that Liew knew what the majority view was, and that he was putting his view to her.
69 Yelland's evidence about the dispute over Liew's shareholding was that he did not believe that the understanding they had reached at the time of the sale of the first tranche of Justin's shares to her shareholding entity bound them to transfer the second tranche of shares to her at a later date. He said that they had proposed a 'roadmap' providing that sometime after the sale of the first 5% tranche they would reconsider the sale of the second 5% tranche. While it was true that Liew had been provided with a roadmap towards directorship with performance requirements spelled out, Yelland's evidence that they would reconsider the second 5% tranche was inconsistent with the contemporaneous documentary evidence and with his later concession that in fact, the February 2013 letter and the minutes of the 2014 Plus Melbourne AGM each reflected the directors' clear intention that Liew would receive all of Justin's shares, subject to performance requirements.
70 In fact, as Yelland ultimately also accepted when cross examined, his position had changed by the time of the proposed sale of the second tranche. He said that he did not believe that the sale of those shares to Liew was in the best interests of the company, and he would have preferred the shares to have been sold to two other associates who he regarded as more deserving candidates. It was put to Yelland that Liew had exceeded every KPI that had been set for her. Yelland agreed that over the 12 to 18 months after Liew obtained her first tranche of shares, her performance as an architect and director remained 'stellar' and on the question of fees generated, she performed well.
71 On the question of fees, in mid-2017 Strunz prepared spreadsheets showing the projected fees by director, on Plus Melbourne's then current projects, assuming the projects proceeded to conclusion. According to that analysis, the projects originated by Yelland, Liew, Briggs and Strunz were expected to generate respectively (in round numbers) $9.916m, $12.917m, $3.857m and $21.169m. On the face of that analysis, Liew was the second-highest generator of fees. Yelland was shown the spreadsheet in the course of his cross-examination, and it was put that Strunz had prepared the document in late 2016. Yelland said the document had been 'fabricated' by whoever was its author, for the purpose of making his ability to win work, 'look worse'; that the document showed 'fabrication of a lot of numbers and columns and timing which is obviously to serve someone's purpose, a bit of creative writing'. In response to that evidence Senior Counsel for the defendants asked Yelland directly whether he was 'saying someone fabricated this document for an ulterior purpose'. Yelland said yes, he was saying that. In submissions YSPL said that the use of the word 'fabricated' was inartful but accurate because 'fabricated' meant constructed or manufactured as opposed to falsified, and that Strunz had prepared the document for the purpose of demonstrating who was generating what work. Although Strunz did prepare the document for that purpose, having heard Yelland's evidence I did not construe the evidence in the way YSPL submitted it should be understood. YSPL's characterisation of the evidence was contrived. Yelland's evidence revealed that he was reluctant to accept the what the document revealed. Ultimately, however, YSPL did not lead any evidence to contradict it. The simple point was that the objective evidence established that Liew was a significant fee earner for Plus Melbourne.
72 Yelland accepted that he had regarded Liew as a highly skilled and very competent architect, but said that his opinion changed in relation to the way in which she handled staff. Liew, he said, required staff to work hard but did not thank them, and associates had reported to him that they had had to 'put out...fires' caused by Liew. When challenged to provide specific instances of Liew's negative or unacceptable behaviour towards staff, Yelland recalled one instance, which he did not witness directly. One staff member told Yelland that when he took leave after his mother's death Liew told him to 'get over it'. That conversation was not put to Liew. Yelland told Liew in the course of board meetings that she needed to say 'thank you', to staff. Strunz and Briggs did not accept Yelland's assessment of Liew.
73 On the subject of the treatment of staff, Yelland said, when criticising Liew, that it was a major priority in an architecture firm to treat staff well. He also said, however, that there is nothing wrong with 'raising your voice at staff who have made a mistake and won't admit it'. That evidence was evidently directed to justifying his communications with other staff, which he knew to be in issue. His focus on Liew's engagement with staff can be contrasted with his own interactions with staff members, a subject which is discussed below.
74 In May 2017, McArthur provided to Strunz an updated draft shareholders agreement for Plus WA that she had received from Plus's lawyers for the directors' approval. Strunz noticed that controlling shareholders and controlling directors clauses had been inserted into the agreement. The effect of the draft amendments was to ensure that no director or shareholder decisions were made without at least one of the controlling shareholders and a controlling director voting in favour of the motion. The controlling persons were Yelland, Strunz, Briggs and Juric. Strunz and Briggs consulted Plus's lawyers and were told that the control clauses had in fact been inserted on Yelland's instructions. Yelland had ordinarily been charged with instructing Plus's solicitors in respect of any variations to the shareholders agreements.
75 Strunz said in his evidence that he was very angry about what Yelland had done, because it had not been discussed with him and nor, he believed, with Briggs. He and Briggs had previously told Yelland on several occasions that they did not want to be 'better than anyone else' meaning that they wanted equality with other directors. Strunz believed that Yelland thought he was acting to protect the interest of himself, Strunz and Briggs, but at the same time, considered Yelland's actions a substantial breach of his trust because he took it on himself to amend the terms of the draft agreement despite having been told that Strunz did not want that result, and without discussing it with him beforehand. Briggs regarded Yelland's amending the draft agreement as a betrayal of the values of Plus and did not believe that the new directors of Plus WA should be treated as 'second class' directors. He was concerned the new provisions would impact negatively on their working relationship with the two new directors. Yelland said that he believed that he, Briggs and Strunz had agreed to those clauses. I prefer the evidence of Briggs and Strunz. Yelland's account did not sit with Briggs querying the draft when he received it and specifically raising with Strunz that a 'controlling directors' clause had been inserted, which was established by contemporaneous documentary evidence. Strunz and Briggs told Yelland that the clause should be removed, and Yelland agreed. Subsequently, no shareholders agreement for Plus WA was signed.
76 In and after May 2017 the ongoing meetings between Briggs, Strunz and Yelland about the Plus business model continued with an external mediator, Soozey Johnstone, whose involvement was proposed by Yelland with the agreement of Briggs and Strunz, after Yelland told Justin that he was not acting neutrally and could not mediate the dispute.
77 In August 2017, McArthur was instructed to advise Justin that he would no longer attend meetings with Yelland, Briggs and Strunz other than those required to fulfil statutory obligations, and that the AGM would only deal with those things required by statute. She sent a text message to Justin the following day saying that that conversation ranked as a low point in her career and she was feeling very let down by Plus to have been put in that position and was now considering new opportunities.
78 At a Plus International conference held in August 2017 attended by most directors of each of the Plus entities (but not Briggs), Yelland conducted an informal survey of each participant's vision for the future of Plus. He said that his vision was for a company of around 50 staff and profits of over 25%, but most of the other directors said they could see Plus growing beyond 200 people. Strunz considered that Yelland's view about the future of the company did not align with his as being a national and international company with over 200 staff, even if that meant less profit. He considered that to be a fundamental difference between them.
79 By about mid-2017, a decision had been taken to refresh Plus's branding. Work was done on a proposal throughout August 2017, with a vote to be taken at the directors conference held in Noosa in early September. Strunz's unchallenged account was that a vote was passed at that conference in favour of the proposed rebranding, however during lunch and at dinner on the day of the vote, Yelland pressed his problems with the branding and repeatedly asked for a revote. Strunz perceived that Yelland was trying to exercise his power to control all decisions in relation to all Plus entities. An argument ensued and Strunz left the conference dinner early because he did not want to be in the same room as Yelland or to be alone with him. He described Yelland as 'extremely aggressive and persistent', in his manner, in one on one interactions. He was not challenged on that evidence. Strunz sent a WhatsApp message to Yelland the following day which read:
C, what happened last night was unfortunate. But next time I tell you that I don't want to talk about it, let it go. I [sic] order to get through the next week until our session with Soozey: please do not talk to me unless Ian or Jessica are present. No more one on one sessions. I feel intimidated and bullied by you. I'll make my own way to the airport.
80 Yelland responded: 'That's a shame'. Briggs replied that a session between each of them and Johnstone the mediator was a good idea, and Yelland agreed.
81 Yelland accepted that he had advocated for a second vote on the re-branding exercise at the Noosa conference, and the re-vote was held after he had spoken to most of the directors one on one and explained why he did not think the expense was worth incurring. He considered that all of the directors had been fully informed by the time of the second vote and that rejecting the particular proposal the subject of the vote was financially prudent, and that the second vote had 'vindicated' his position.
82 As noted earlier, Yelland's interactions with some staff members were of concern to the other directors.
83 Yelland had strong relationships with many staff throughout the Plus business. When his exit from the business was announced, he received many messages of support. YSPL produced some 12 such messages. For example,
On 15 September 2017, Elissah Loh, an Associate at Plus, sent Yelland the following message:
cy, I'm so sorry to hear this. n in shock so am lacking in words but i really wanted to send u something. u have been so key to my growth. i want to tell u that because i truly appreciate all the times spent w u n will always be one of my mentors. eloh x.
On 16 September 2017, Uma Weerakkody, an associate at Plus Melbourne sent Yelland:
Craig not sure what to say except a huge thank you for being such a pivotal part of my career and giving me so much opportunity and growing me into who I am today. Words aren't enough. I get through situations with "what would Craig do". Learnt so much from you. I'll continue to use your legacies. Hopefully we catch up soon. Xxxx
84 The defendants did not dispute that Yelland had successfully mentored younger staff and that he was regarded well by many of them, as messages of that kind attested. Their concerns were focused on his interactions with Liew, Macarthur and Plus's Marketing Manager Todd Shilton.
85 Amy McArthur was first employed in 2014 as the office manager for Plus Melbourne and was subsequently appointed to Plus International as the operations manager for the Plus entities. Her role at Plus included corresponding with the directors and liaising with external accountants and advisers. She attended board meetings and took minutes. McArthur was subpoenaed by the defendants and gave evidence about her interactions with Yelland by adopting a personal diary note she had made shortly after the 2 November 2017 meeting in order to gather her thoughts, at the urging of her friends, who she had told she was having a difficult time at Plus. McArthur's evidence, which I accept, was forthright and unembellished. In his evidence-in-chief (which responded to the defendants' statement of expected evidence of McArthur) and when cross-examined, Yelland disputed aspects of what was put to him about his interactions with McArthur and sought to cast some of his behaviour in a more favourable light. However, despite Yelland's evidence, YSPL ultimately did not challenge the accuracy of McArthur's evidence and cross-examined her only very briefly on an unrelated matter. In final submissions YSPL accepted that there was no reason for me not to accept McArthur's evidence.
86 In early August 2017 Yelland expressed dissatisfaction concerning the costs of the re-branding project discussed above, for which the Plus entities had engaged a marketing firm (Motherbird), to provide them a quote for services and to undertake some preliminary work. Yelland's dissatisfaction was directed toward McArthur in her capacity as Director of Corporate Services.
87 On a WhatsApp group chat on 2 August 2017 between Strunz, Yelland, Briggs, Liew, McArthur and another employee, Yelland said forcefully that he had not approved spending the estimated costs or approved Motherbird's quote. He wrote that he was getting 'really pissed', that the project was a 'monumental waste of money' and said, 'I want it to stop now'. It was agreed they would have a face to face conversation about the project.
88 Briggs' evidence was that on that day he saw Yelland engaging in what he regarded as threatening behaviour towards McArthur. He described what he witnessed in these terms -
And it was in this much smaller, confined space that I discovered Mr Yelland leaning over Ms McArthur from what - it appeared at the outside, shouting at her and that, and being quite threatening in his behaviour. That led me to opening the door and demanding that Mr Yelland leave the room. ... As soon as I opened the door, he looked around, stopped talking to Amy McArthur, and looked around to me. ... She was sitting in the back corner of the room. There was a small round table which her laptop was on. He was standing with his back to the door ... facing her, so that I could see her face. He was very threatening, he was leaning over her, and generally threatening and being quite abusive, in a tone of voice. And quite - quite loud. Because, he caught my attention as I was moving through the reception area to find out what was going on ... when I realised what was happening, and then confronted Mr Yelland on that.
89 Briggs did not hear what Yelland actually said to McArthur. He telephoned Yelland that night and told him told him that his behaviour towards her had been inappropriate.
90 Yelland denied that he had 'stood over' McArthur or shouted at her, but said he had raised his voice, standing between his desk and hers, about three to five meters away from her. He said he 'reprimanded' McArthur for incorrectly reporting to the directors the costs of the rebranding of the website, by omitting the costs of re-building the website. He accepted that Briggs had called him that evening. He said he did not intend to upset McArthur, but apologised to her the next day by WhatsApp, saying, 'Amy. My behaviour on this rebranding has been shithouse and I apologise for taking it out on you'. When cross-examined Yelland agreed that his behaviour was 'regrettable' but said that there were no other issues in his relationship with McArthur. Briggs' account was not challenged in cross-examination. McArthur did not recall this incident specifically, although I accept that it did occur, given the evidence of Briggs and Yelland and the production of the WhatsApp exchanges.
91 More generally, Briggs said that McArthur had spent some period of 2017, 'actually hiding from [Yelland] within the office space, in smaller offices'. Briggs said that,
for example, she would retreat to a small, separate, enclosed office of - maybe it would be 2 by 3 metres, and work there, ah, simply to get away from Mr Yelland.
92 McArthur's evidence in respect of the 'brand refresh quote' was that it had been agreed that a quote would be sought to refresh the Plus brand and as instructed she requested quotes from multiple suppliers. Yelland had instructed her to stick to a budget and she did so, but presented the material in form of a list of services from which directors could choose. Yelland critiqued the re-branding proposal by arguing 'aggressively' with McArthur about the content, raising his voice in front of other staff who were present, leaving and then returning repeatedly to continue the argument. Yelland told her that he was not going to let the proposal go through even though it had been agreed, and was going to ring the directors individually. McArthur thought that Yelland looked 'crazed'. She found the prolonged public exchange 'humiliating and very frightening'. She said she was afraid for her safety and job security. McArthur dated this exchange as following the conference of Plus directors, which I think was likely a reference to the Plus International conference in August (although nothing turns the date of the incident). I accept that Yelland's behaviour had made McArthur feel threatened, scared for her safety, humiliated and concerned for her job. It was behaviour plainly inappropriate for a workplace.
93 McArthur gave evidence about an incident (likely a separate incident) which she recorded in her notes as follows:
A day or two before the Sept conference CY [Yelland] approached me in the small meeting room wanting to see the conference presentation. I showed him the slides and he got angry again about the brand refresh proposal. Ian Briggs was with us . He started yelling and said "I can't believe you can't fucking add up". I left the room, cried in the bathroom. Over the weekend prior to the conference, I experienced a serious amount of stress + anxiety. My family encouraged me not to go. At the conference CY offered no apology and no acknowledgment of the exchange in the office.
94 Yelland was cross-examined about this incident. He denied saying 'you can't fucking add up' to McArthur, and denied that she had left the room crying. However, ultimately, McArthur was not cross examined on any of the incidents involving Yelland and in submissions YSPL conceded that I should accept McArthur's evidence. I accept the defendants' characterisation of his conduct towards McArthur as bullying and aggressive.
95 McArthur also gave evidence that separately, during negotiations over a particular client contract, the client became difficult and Yelland took over negotiations from her. Yelland had trouble navigating the folders and documents for the project and became 'very agitated'. He sought assistance from her outside of business hours by telephone and text and became, in McArthur's words, extremely agitated and angry, saying the files were not well organised. He raised his voice and swore. He later apologised for his behaviour. In cross-examination Yelland denied that he had acted inappropriately, said he had merely repeated the swearing of their client, that his apology 'would have been around the fact that she had to deal with that situation' and that he did not apologise for anything concerning his conduct. His evidence on this subject was argumentative, and an example of his seeking to reconstruct events in a way that was most favourable to him. He did so without challenging McArthur's evidence. Once again, despite Yelland's evidence, YSPL ultimately submitted that McArthur's evidence should be accepted.
96 McArthur's evidence was that Yelland often said to her and Todd Shilton that they would be fired if a project they were working on 'stuffed up'. The comments were conveyed as jokes, but were one of the elements of Yelland's conduct (in addition to those discussed above) that made her uncomfortable. Strunz's evidence was that on many occasions during the Noosa conference in September 2017 Yelland threatened both McArthur and Shilton with 'sacking' if the branding went ahead or exceeded its budgeted costs. Strunz did not intervene in Yelland's engagements with McArthur or Shilton because, on his account, he considered it would make the situation worse. Strunz was not challenged on that evidence.
97 Yelland accepted when cross-examined that he had said on a number of occasions to a number of staff in different contexts, that if a particular project or business goal was not achieved, they would be sacked. When asked to give an example of one such instance, Yelland said that at the Noosa conference Shilton proposed moving the public relations function in-house. The following exchange occurred during Yelland's evidence:
Witness (Yelland): ...the KPI's would be put in place for his performance to assess his performance on bringing the PR in-house. I put it less eloquently in the meeting where I said with a grin, if you - I can't remember the exact words, but something along the lines of if you blow the budget, you'll be sacked in order to test his resolve.
Robins QC: How can that be said with a grin?
Witness (Yelland): I grinned when I said it. So that he knew that I wasn't being fully serious.
Robins QC: But it's minuted. It's minuted, you said?
Witness (Yelland): Yes.
Her Honour: Mr Yelland, what do you mean by not being fully serious in that context?
Witness (Yelland): Well, it's - if he actually didn't perform to the full KPI's, our response and my particular response is not to just sack somebody, my response to somebody who doesn't meet their KPI's is to help them and manage them through it. But I wanted him to understand the weight of what he was promising which that he could save us money by bringing it in-house, and I wanted to express that. So, and I did that by saying - I don't remember the exact words, but something along the lines of your job will be on the line or you'll be sacked if you don't do it. And that's what we all agreed in the meeting and that's what was minuted with less strong words.
Robins QC: Do you appreciate now just how unfunny that sort of joke might be regarded, when it's received by a more junior member of staff from a director?
Witness (Yelland): I think it conveys a real seriousness of - if some staff member is promising to do something and the director says, 'Well, your job relies on it.' I think a staff member will take it very seriously.
98 Yelland had referred to this incident in his evidence in chief. He said that he put Shilton on notice that if he did not meet the budget he had proposed, then he would be dismissed. He said that in hindsight his comments were 'overly harsh, but it was done with a cheeky grin', and that he made those comments because he wanted to test Shilton's reserve. Yelland said he did not believe that Shilton would have taken his comments seriously and that none of the other directors who were in the room objected to his comments, and Shelton had not complained about Yelland.
99 Shilton was not called to give evidence. However, on Yelland's own account, his conduct towards Shilton was 'overly harsh'. Although he sought to portray his comments as humorous, at the same time his own assessment was that he considered that Shilton ought to have taken them seriously. Objectively considered, casually threatening 'sacking' with an underlying serious intent, could be reasonably construed as language likely or calculated to undermine the person to whom it is directed. Yelland revealed, by his evidence, an absence of reflection on the potential impact of language of that nature on staff, both at the time of the incident and during his evidence.
100 Yelland had further problematic interactions with McArthur after his termination, which are discussed below.
101 Yelland said, without giving detail of any conversation, that from time to time there were discussions between Strunz, Briggs and Yelland about the way he interacted with staff and about the way other directors interacted with staff, and at times Yelland fell short as did others. He emphasised that at no stage before he received notice of the proposed Termination Resolutions on 11 October 2017 did Strunz, Briggs or Liew raise concerns about his 'performance' or 'behaviour' as a matter justifying his termination. Such concerns were 'never formally raised'. He was 'never given a warning'. He was 'never given any opportunity to respond to such concerns'.
102 I accept that Yelland was not given a warning as such, and it was not discussed with him before he received the letter of 11 October 2017, that the other directors considered that his behaviour towards staff might lead to his termination. However, I also accept that the other directors did hold serious concerns, before 11 October 2017, about Yelland's conduct and that they had raised with him the subject of his conduct towards staff, including McArthur, before October 2017. Their evidence to that effect was not challenged. The evidence of both parties on this subject suffered from being cast in general terms, and as a result I can make no finding about what was said on those occasions.
103 The considerations relevant to the directors' actions in proposing and passing the Termination Resolutions are considered later, but it is convenient to set out here the substance of their evidence on certain of Yelland's relationships with staff. As noted earlier, it was accepted that Yelland was well regarded by many staff, with whom he had positive relationships.
104 Strunz began to perceive by 2017 that Yelland's conduct towards McArthur and Shilton was, in his assessment, so inappropriate as to amount to harassment. His evidence was that he raised this concern with Yelland on a number of occasions. I accept that that occurred, and also accept Yelland's evidence that the concern was not couched in terms of it founding the basis for Yelland's termination or dismissal. It was Strunz's evidence that:
CY's constant poor treatment of Amy McArthur was another significant factor in the decision to terminate CY. I did not become involved in this as I thought I would make the situation worse and we were trying to resolve the future of the company.
105 McArthur resigned from Plus in 2018. Briggs considered Yelland's behaviour towards her was a significant factor contributing to her resignation. In discussing his motivations for voting for the Termination Resolutions on 2 November 2017, Briggs said that '[i]t was my belief that it was in the interests of the Plus staff and the company as a whole that [Yelland] be terminated immediately'. Briggs said that Yelland's presence at Plus caused an 'uncomfortable working environment', and that one of the considerations he had in mind when making the Termination Resolutions was that Yelland's behaviour had become detrimental to staff members, including McArthur, to the extent that in McArthur's case she had spent some period of 2017 actually hiding from Yelland, within the office space, in smaller offices. The evidence about McArthur was not challenged.
106 Liew said that she suspected from the interactions she had witnessed between McArthur and Yelland, that the relationship between them had turned sour and that McArthur would likely resign. Liew was pressed in cross-examination about her reasons for voting in favour of the Termination Resolutions. One significant reason she gave was that,
...all I know is that on 2 November, we terminated him and we voted in favour was to protect the staff's mental health and mentality - state of mentality. The mental state of the staff, sorry.
107 Liew described McArthur as being, to her observation, scared of Yelland. Liew also said that she terminated Yelland to protect her own mental health. I accept that Liew's interactions with Yelland had been personally detrimental to Liew. The termination issue is considered further below.
108 Returning to the state of affairs within Plus more generally, each of the central players gave evidence about their assessment of the impact of the dispute between them, on the business.
109 Yelland accepted that Plus Architecture was built on a successful process of consensus and collective management by the three principal directors and that by late 2016, rather than complying with the procedure whereby majority ruled, he decided he would not accept the majority decision. He had changed his mind about giving effect to the voluntary sale by Justin to Liew that had represented a consensus decision that had been arrived at in February 2013. He accepted that that was a significant cause of disharmony between the directors and that that was the point where the trust between them had broken down.
110 Yelland sought to draw a distinction between the inter-personal and professional relationships between himself and Briggs and Strunz, and their ability to conduct the Plus business together. He said that the shareholding disputes 'happening behind closed doors', were 'horrible' but that the working relationship between the three of them was 'going very well'. Yelland said that there was no material or obvious adverse effect on the companies' performance resulting from the conflict. He did not believe that any staff member had left any of the Plus entities as a result of the tension or because of any conduct on his part. He said that the Plus group was functioning well, was profitable and continued to grow, including by establishing an office in Western Australia.
111 Strunz considered that by the second half of 2017 the company was, in his words, somewhat paralysed, and important decisions such as how to manage the growth of the business, how to keep senior staff happy, and whether to offer them shares or pay them more money, could not be made. He considered that the Plus entities were hampered in making decisions such as whether to expand into different sectors (such as infrastructure) or locations (such as South East Asia), both because of Yelland's opposition to those initiatives and because they did not want to move on major decisions while the present dispute was on foot. He considered that practical decisions were not being made because communications had broken down between himself and Yelland. Their lease for Plus Melbourne was due to expire and a move was anticipated, but Yelland did not want to move. Yelland and Strunz were not speaking at all, and Strunz had moved to the opposite end of the office and did not want to be in the same room as Yelland.
112 Briggs was deeply concerned by September 2017 that the relationship between Strunz and Yelland had broken down, and that that was creating a negative and disruptive office environment. The Plus Melbourne office was largely open plan, and it appeared to Briggs that Strunz was reluctant to speak with Yelland and that their conversations were terse. Briggs considered that it was his role to endeavour to act as peacemaker and communicator between the two of them. Briggs was troubled by the behaviour of Yelland towards McArthur and also considered that the tension between Yelland, Strunz and himself, and an inability on their part to settle on a pathway for staff to progress within the company had contributed to the resignation of two senior associates whom he believed would have stayed had a career progression pathway and incentives been clear. The circumstances of those employees was not the subject of any objective evidence, but I accept that Briggs held that view.
113 Yelland denied that the business was paralysed by the dispute between the directors. He accepted that there was a fundamental disagreement as to the future strategy for the growth of Plus Architecture in Melbourne. On the one hand, he denied that it impacted on any strategic expansion plans. In relation to South-East Asia, Yelland wanted to undertake a risk benefit analysis before committing to such expansion, which he thought a prudent course when expanding into a foreign market with which they were not familiar. Yelland agreed that he did not want to move the office of Plus Melbourne from St Kilda Road into the Melbourne CBD, for a number of business-related reasons. Plus's expansion to Brisbane and WA had proceeded in 2014 and 2017, respectively. On the other hand, however, he did describe the dispute between himself, Briggs and Strunz, as arising from differences as to 'the manner in which the business would expand into new markets, the promotion of staff and proposed amendments to the corporate structure'.
114 Justin's evidence was that during 2017 he observed that the relationship between Yelland and the other directors had broken down and that they did not have a shared vision for Plus going forward, and that Yelland's continued presence at and involvement in Plus had a detrimental effect on the company.
115 From the circumstances set out above it can be seen that by September 2017 the disputes had played out in this way:
(a) On a question of existential import for a professional services business that had been run as a quasi-partnership - namely who was to be brought into the business and on what basis - the key players were irretrievably divided.
(b) That question was not academic. The rancorous dispute over Liew exemplified its importance. All players regarded it as of the utmost importance.
(c) On this issue Yelland had departed from an agreed position in respect of Liew, to which Plus Melbourne and its directors, including Yelland, had committed.
(d) I accept that Yelland changed his mind about Liew and that by 2016 he believed that Liew's abilities to manage staff were sub-standard. I accept that Yelland held that belief and that he preferred other candidates for equity participation. Yelland's criticisms of Liew, however, were exaggerated at the time and admitted by Yelland in evidence to have been exaggerated in some important respects including on the question of Liew's ability to win work and her contribution as a board member. Yelland's vociferous opposition to Liew was strongly tied to, and likely driven by, his vision of the business's future, which was one in which he (and Strunz and Briggs) would maintain significant shareholdings until retirement, with aspirants to equity like Liew, held at a low percentage for years. Regardless of what motivated Yelland, the fact was that Briggs and Strunz regarded his change of position a serious betrayal, and they, reasonably in my view, were concerned about the impact that the dispute was having on Liew, who was on any objective measure, a significant contributor to the Plus Melbourne business.
(e) Yelland's falling out with Liew had in fact adversely affected Liew personally, to the extent that she had had sought professional help and had contemplated resigning from Plus.
(f) Justin had been a trusted adviser to Briggs, Strunz and Yelland for a long period but had been sidelined from the business by Yelland. Yelland's falling out with Justin, in turn, seriously damaged his relationship with Strunz.
(g) Both Strunz and Justin considered that Yelland had bullied them and behaved aggressively and inappropriately towards them and they each expressed their views to that effect in contemporaneous communications with Yelland.
(h) By the second half of 2017, Strunz and Yelland were no longer speaking and Strunz had physically positioned his desk away from Yelland in order not to be near him. He wished not to speak to Yelland without another person being present.
(i) Yelland had demonstrated a willingness to aggressively pursue his agenda in relation to business decisions in relation to which he was not in agreement with the other directors. It was not contested that Yelland had his own commercial and articulated reasons for the positions he advanced. It was not put that Yelland's business positions were irrational or inherently unsound. But the manner in which he advanced his preferences was, on a number of significant matters, aggressive, abrasive and dogged. Yelland's actions, and the evidence he gave about his actions (for example, in relation to his attempt to persuade Justin that Liew should not take up more shares; his efforts to rein in the brand refresh project; his communications with Liew; and his removal of Justin from participation in directors and company meetings) revealed that he was prepared to advance his agendas regardless of the impact that his actions had on the relationships between himself and Briggs, Strunz, Justin or Liew. He did not appear to stop and reflect on how that mode of operating might affect the ability of the business that had functioned as a quasi-partnership to work effectively and without hostility.
(j) Yelland had strong relationships with many younger staff within Plus. He did, however, behave towards McArthur in a way that was bullying and intimidatory. He casually threatened another member of staff with 'sacking'. Yelland's evidence about his communication with Liew, Shilton and McArthur revealed that at times, he lacked insight into, or alternatively lacked a preparedness to take into account, how his behaviour would be received by and impact on those around him, including staff who were junior to him. Strunz, Briggs and Liew had concerns about Yelland's relationships with staff, which I consider they genuinely and reasonably held.
(k) By September 2017 the relationship between Briggs, Strunz and Yelland had irretrievably broken down. Yelland had substantially contributed to the breakdown.
(l) Yelland's evidence was that in his opinion the business was unaffected despite the 'horrible' behind-closed-doors negotiations between the partners. That opinion, taken at face value, may have reflected his preparedness to engage in a conflict, and serious conflict if need be, in order to reach outcomes and make decisions. As that perspective would have it, a significant breakdown in central relationships and the repeated occurrence of conflict over matters of importance was not a reason to conclude that the business was anything other than perfectly functional. Briggs and Strunz did not share that assessment. In my view, although Yelland was evidently prepared to engage in and tolerate ongoing and escalating levels of conflict, his evidence that the business was unaffected by the disputes between the partners was superficial and unrealistic, at best. In fact, although the business was continuing to operate, the ability of its leaders to genuinely plan for the future was stymied, and on some important practical and structural issues (staff promotion, expansion, premises for Plus Melbourne) decisions were impeded. Yelland's characterisation of the dispute between the senior partners ignored the obvious problem that where there were differences of view, there was no properly functioning path for decision making. If Yelland genuinely held the view that the business could continue to operate unaffected, where the relationship between the senior partners was toxic and no longer functional, it was a distinctly uncommercial view, and focused on his own interests.
116 Each of Strunz, Briggs, Yelland and Liew gave evidence about the point that had been reached by the end of the mediation process, the final session of which occurred on 15 September 2017.
117 Yelland's assessment, in his evidence in chief, was that it had become apparent that there were 'too many issues to resolve'. He did assert in cross-examination that there was a prospect of the four of them agreeing to get along. That evidence was at odds with the facts. Briggs too, said that by the time of the final meeting it had become clear that the four of them could no longer continue to work together. The mediator had telephoned him the day before the final session and said that in her assessment there were two ways the dispute could be resolved - Yelland could leave, or Strunz could leave. Briggs thought that Yelland, and not Strunz, should leave. The mediator had also had a conversation to the same effect with Strunz. Strunz considered whether he should leave. But during the final mediation session, reflecting on the fact that he, Briggs and Liew had a shared vision for the future for the growth of Plus, which Yelland did not share, he said that he wanted Yelland to go. Liew had also considered whether she should leave, after her private conversation with the mediator.
118 During the session on 15 September Strunz told Yelland that he had legal advice that they could 'get rid of him'. This was the advice that he had received earlier in the year. Yelland responded, 'make me a fair offer and I'll leave'. Yelland then suggested he go on leave while the offer was arranged and Strunz, Briggs and Liew agreed.
119 On the afternoon of 15 September, Yelland emailed Strunz, Briggs and Liew about the transition of his projects, saying that:
I have a couple of suggestions to enable a smooth transition. Whilst I will not come into the office over the next week, I will be available by mobile. I will ask Melanie to refer all job related emails to Jess. Then Jess can call me any time to ask me what is going on. We need to make sure none of our clients are disadvantaged in any way ... There are a couple of fee proposals out there where only I have met the client. I suggest that I join Jess if a meeting is required to secure the job.
When it comes time to tell the other states, I am happy to go along with whatever you want. I just got a call from Pat. I didn't give him any reason for leaving because I didn't know what you would like me to say. I told him he will be very successful and is in good hands. I just spoke to Ian. He told me you are in the process of telling the directors and associates today. We discussed that the official reason should be that:
"We have had a disagreement on the future shareholding of Plus and that the three of you have offered to buy me out which I have accepted". "It's an amicable departure". "I will be building some townhouses - something I have wanted to do for a while. I will be travelling and spending a lot of time with the kids".
I am very positive about this and want to do everything in my power to make my exit as smooth as possible.
120 That evening and the next morning, 16 September, Yelland received several messages from Plus staff expressing support and sadness that he was leaving, and thanking him. That afternoon (16 September, at 2.57pm), Yelland send the following message to Strunz, Briggs and Liew:
Fellow Directors
I was a little shocked to receive messages from associates and directors last night that they have been told I have left Plus. Just to be very clear, I have not yet left Plus. My previous email was intended to form an official reason that we are all comfortable with - for the benefit of Plus - AFTER we had come to an agreement on the share transfer, not before. I am very uncomfortable with you telling staff that I have left Plus when I haven't. Please remember that I haven't resigned. All that has happened is that you have said you will make me an offer and I will consider it. In the interests of avoiding mixed messages, would you agree that it is important that we all agree on any messages before it is put out to staff?
121 Yelland's email of 16 September at 2.57pm was significant in terms of the parties' dealings with each other. Its substance was that Yelland would not be leaving Plus until after an agreement had been reached on the share transfer. It conveyed that he was not committed to anything, unless such an agreement was reached.
122 Yelland may have been correct in his strict construction of the legal effect of the discussions that had occurred on 15 September (the parties did not make any submissions about this). Yelland was not in fact bound, by any agreement made on 15 September, to leave Plus on any particular day or to sell his shares at any particular price. However, by the end of the mediation on 15 September all parties understood that Yelland was intending to leave Plus. And by his email of that afternoon, Yelland had accepted that Briggs and Strunz had already begun to tell others within Plus that Yelland had made a decision to leave Plus. As he put it, Briggs, Strunz and Liew had offered to buy him out, and he had accepted. The 15 September email did not specify whether staff would be told that Yelland 'had left' or 'would be leaving', but from its context it is clear that he had agreed that staff would be told his leaving was not in any doubt. The subject matter of the agreed communications within Plus was Yelland's exit, which was not discussed in that way as being in any way contingent or in doubt. So while Yelland was correct to say in his 16 September email that he was to receive an offer which he would consider, that was not 'all that had happened'. The tone of the 16 September email was markedly different from that of the 15 September email.
123 On receipt of Yelland's 16 September email, Briggs forwarded it to Strunz, asking, 'how do you want to handle this? Talk tomorrow?'. Strunz replied (also on 16 September, at 4.30pm), copying Liew, saying,
We will issue an official termination of his executive agreement. And cc our lawyer into it. Or get the lawyer to issue it. There is no going back or undoing it. Don't get spooked. We can terminate the agreement and he has to sell the shares. There is even a timeframe for payment in the agreement. In the other states where he has no agreement we need 80% to change shareholding. There is no company he has more than 20%. Talk tomorrow.
124 Briggs' evidence was that he had understood from Yelland's 15 September email that Yelland had wanted the other directors to understand that he was leaving Plus, but the 16 September email was a statement by Yelland that he had not in fact agreed to leave. Briggs wanted Yelland to exit Plus. Yelland had already transferred his one active project to Briggs, and Briggs was concerned that Yelland's continuing presence in the office would have a negative effect on staff. He remained hopeful, however, that they could negotiate the terms of his departure in a way with which everyone was comfortable.
125 Over the next week or so, Yelland, Briggs, Strunz and Liew communicated by email about a process for valuing Yelland's shares. Marzano, Plus's accountant, was engaged to brief a specialist firm of chartered accountants to separately value each entity in the Plus group. The brief to the valuer contained projected revenue and profit over the next three years, described as 'rules of thumb'. Each of Briggs, Strunz and Liew considered that the projections were unrealistic and did not accurately represent the performance of the business. Briggs said, in unchallenged evidence, that the projections were significantly beyond what he had understood from Plus's own internal valuations. Plus Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane and never achieved revenue or profit at the level indicated in the projections. Liew said, also in unchallenged evidence, that she regarded the projections as very unrealistic.
126 Briggs emailed Marzano saying that he had serious concerns about the projections. Marzano said that Yelland had asked that the projections be included in the brief.
127 On 21 September, Yelland emailed Marzano, Strunz, Briggs and Liew. He told them that his focus at the meeting between them, which had been organised for the following day, would be on working with them in good faith to get an outcome with which they were all happy. He said that he didn't want to rush the process. He also said that while they had asked Marzano to organise a valuation he would prefer to negotiate an outcome. He said,
I fear that if we get a valuation, that one of us is unhappy with, it will just add costs and tension between us. The valuation will not be binding anyway. I am told that company valuations can vary dramatically.
128 He went on to say that if they nevertheless wanted to go ahead with a valuation he would like to suggest changes to the valuer's brief, which he set out.
129 The next day, 22 September, Yelland emailed Briggs, Strunz and Marzano. The email was entitled, 'valuing my shares'. He said, addressing Marzano, that, 'we have decided not to do an independent valuation at this time' and that he, Strunz and Briggs would be discussing the value of his shares with Marzano's help, over the coming week. Yelland attached a document that he described as 'a basic spreadsheet showing the potential earnings of Plus and the additional profit that will come from my shareholding'. The spreadsheet set out what were evidently Yelland's assessments of projected turnover and profit and YSPL's profit share for each entity for the period 2018-2022, together with a capital value for each entity. It nominated a 20% return on investment and a 7% cost of finance. It set out the total capital value of the Plus Entities including Plus NZ, at $10,048,500. Yelland did not give evidence about, and was not cross-examined on, the document, and it is not possible to conclude what his subjective intention was in respect of it. However it does appear from its content and the surrounding context that it was at least in part intended to indicate an informal assessment the value of the Plus entities for the purposes of obtaining bank finance to a buy-out of YSPL's shares. Yelland said in his evidence that he had, on behalf of Plus, sought provisional approval from Macquarie Bank for a loan in order to enable the purchase of his shares. I also infer from its content and context that it was intended to inform discussions between Yelland, Strunz and Briggs about the buyout of Yelland's shares. In the circumstances it is not open to draw an inference that the figures in the document represented an offer (whether preliminary or final) by Yelland or YSPL for the buyout of YSPL's shares.
130 That day (22 September 2017) Yelland, Strunz and Briggs met a the Blackman Hotel. The evidence about this meeting (and the subsequent meeting on 9 October) was limited. Briggs's evidence, which was unchallenged, was that Yelland put forward a proposal for the buyout of his shares and that he and the other partners assessed Yelland's proposal as being 'way above' the combined value of the Plus entities and not a price that they could remotely afford. He said that had they been minded to entertain Yelland's offer, Briggs and Strunz would have had to convince the local directors that they should accept a sale at the prices proposed which, in Briggs' assessment, would have placed an enormous strain on the entities' finances, and on the relationships between Briggs and Strunz on the one hand, and the local directors on the other. Briggs did not have any belief or expectation that any process of negotiation might resolve that gulf between them and Yelland, as to the price of his shares. He did not believe that they could come to a price that they could afford, or which would be acceptable to Briggs, Strunz or the local directors. That evidence was not challenged. Strunz's evidence was that he did not believe a negotiated resolution was possible. That evidence was not challenged.
131 Yelland agreed when cross examined that his position was that he was to 'go on leave' but to remain as a director until somehow the issues between them were resolved. He agreed that he did not put in place any timetable as to how his resignation was intended to work and how the sale of shares was to be resolved.
132 Yelland emailed Briggs and Strunz on 22 September (at 12.32pm) saying that he was relieved that they were all committed to resolving things amicably, and that they had agreed that he would stay on leave until they had sorted out the share transfer; they would not get a valuation yet but 'might to do it later if we all agree'. He also said that he would 'explore the possibility of doing developments together. This sounds like fun', and that they would explore relaxing his restraint.
133 Shortly afterwards Yelland sent to Briggs and Strunz a draft text of a communication to the other Plus directors, to be sent from Yelland, relevantly saying that after 16 years with Plus Yelland had decided to explore a new line of business, that he had asked Strunz and Briggs to consider buying his shares and they had agreed, and they were currently going through the process of valuing them. The email also said that after they had sorted out Plus Melbourne, they would sit down with the other directors and discuss the sale of Yelland's shares in each entity. Yelland concluded by saying that he was on leave while they were coming to an agreement, and 'once we have come to an agreement, I will resign as a director'. Brigg's response, with which Strunz agreed, was that they had not agreed to buy his shares, and the options for the various Plus entities might differ. He otherwise agreed with the email. Strunz emailed Marzano that day to say that 'for now, we are holding off with the valuation'.
134 On 27 September, Briggs replied to Yelland's email of 22 September at 12.32pm, saying, 'all good, except we will be getting a valuation'.
135 Strunz, Briggs and Yelland met at the Blackman Hotel on 9 October 2017. The parties' evidence concerning the meeting was scant. The participants had understood that the communications were engaged in on a without prejudice basis. The limited evidence was addressed on an exchange that occurred between Strunz and Yelland about potentially terminating Yelland. Yelland's account was that Strunz told him,
We want you to leave amicably. We want to be able to stand in front of the staff and clients, arm in arm, and wish you luck on your next venture,
and then that Strunz went on to say,
in the next couple of days you will receive a letter from our lawyers proposing a meeting to fire you so that we can get the 30% discount.
136 Yelland said that he was shocked at Strunz's about-face. Strunz agreed that he told Yelland that they did want him to leave amicably, and also that he told Yelland they 'would terminate his employment on legal advice'.
137 Strunz denied that he had told Yelland or anyone else, that he was seeking to terminate Yelland's employment so that he or others could obtain a discount on the value of Yelland's shares, or that that was the purpose in seeking to terminate Yelland's position. YSPL's case was that the contested statement, that they would terminate Yelland, 'so that we can get the 30% discount', was an admission by Strunz of the 'punitive scheme' to dispatch Yelland for an improper purpose.
138 It was put to Yelland that the account of the contested statement was a fiction, which he denied. It was put to Strunz that he did make the statement, that there was no reason for him not to tell Yelland they were going to terminate his position in order to obtain YSPL's shares at a discount, because that was in fact their purpose. Strunz denied each contention. Where they conflicted, the accounts of Strunz and Yelland could not be reconciled.
139 I accept Strunz's account of the conversation on 9 October. It is less probable that Strunz would explicitly lay out a motive of that kind, without provocation or reason, than that he would not do so. It was put to him that there was no reason for him not to tell Yelland about the reason for the termination. To the contrary, there was no reason for him to do that. There was no benefit to be gained in making such a statement, and nothing in the context of the conversation, as limited as it was, provided a reason. None was suggested in YSPL's submissions. For the reasons discussed elsewhere, the schedule 2B discount was a fact that flowed from termination, by the shareholders agreements, the circumstances of which could be taken to have been known by all parties to the agreement. Further, for the reasons discussed below, Strunz's denial of such a purpose is consistent with the evidence as a whole, whereas Yelland's 'ulterior purpose' thesis was not.
140 Yelland said, when asked whether he had made a note of the conversation, that he had done so, but that he had not produced it on the basis of legal advice that it was subject to 'client legal privilege'. Separately, as discussed below, Yelland's solicitors wrote to the Plus directors on 12 October 2017, complaining that their resolutions to terminate Yelland were unconscionable. The letter made no mention of any statement by Strunz at the 9 October meeting that the resolutions had been proposed in order to obtain YSPL's shares at a discount. Had such a statement been made it would have been reasonable to expect Yelland to have mentioned it in the 12 October letter. Yelland was singularly focused, in prosecuting this case, on the thesis that the directors terminated him in order to acquire YSPL's shares at a discount. The focus of that case was not the statement attributed to Strunz, but that statement was called in aid of the case. In all of the circumstances, the most reasonable characterisation of Yelland's evidence about Strunz's statement is that it was an unreliable reconstruction.
141 Strunz had telephoned Julka of Plus Sydney and Juric of Plus Brisbane on 15 September after the final mediation session and told them that Yelland had decided to leave. Strunz told Juric that Yelland would be exiting Plus Melbourne and Plus Sydney due to irreconcilable differences between Yelland on the one hand, and Strunz, Briggs and Liew on the other. Strunz told him that the tension between the directors was so bad that the only way forward was either for Yelland to exit or for all of Strunz, Briggs and Liew to leave. He and Briggs telephoned each of Juric and Julka again shortly after the 9 October meeting.
142 Strunz told Julka that they intended to call a meeting to seek to remove Yelland from Plus Melbourne and asked whether Julka would vote to remove Yelland from Sydney and purchase Yelland's shares. Strunz discussed the shareholders agreement with Julka, and as Julka put it, 'noted the provision that the shares can be acquired at a 30% discount'. Briggs also told Julka that the shares would probably be acquired at 100% of an agreed valuation - that Julka should be prepared for the purchase on that basis. Julka told Strunz that he would agree to purchase a portion of Yelland's shares. They did not discuss the price for the shares. Strunz and Briggs also spoke to Juric and asked if he wanted to buy Yelland's shares, to which he said yes, he did. Strunz said he should be prepared to purchase shares in accordance with the shareholders agreement and valuation agreed at the recent AGM.
143 On 11 October 2017, Briggs, Strunz and Liew sent to Yelland a letter enclosing notices of meetings of the directors for each of Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane, to be held consecutively by telephone on 2 November 2017. In each case, the agenda and proposed resolutions were as follows:
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following Ordinary Resolutions (...being a resolution approved at a directors meeting by at least 65% of the votes of all of the directors of the Company (whether or not all present and entitled to vote on the resolution).
(1) To remove Craig Yelland as a director of the Company;
(2) To terminate Craig Yelland's employment as a director of the Company;
(3) To remove Craig Yelland from the position of Company Secretary; and
(4) To update the ASIC register within 28 days of the changes set out in the resolutions.
The notices were signed by Strunz on behalf of the Board in each case.
144 The 11 October letter said, relevantly, that they anticipated that the resolutions in the attached notices would be made and that once made, the consequence would be that Yelland's employment as a director of each of the entities will have been terminated. In that case, pursuant to cl 10(c) of the shareholders agreement for each of the entities, YSPL would be deemed to have served a transfer notice which could not be withdrawn. Then, pursuant to cl 11(b) of the relevant shareholders agreements, the shares held by YSPL would be transferred and the value of the shares for transfer in respect of the notice would be determined in accordance with schedule 2B. Pursuant to that schedule, the value of YSPL's shares would be determined as set out in the agreement, being 70% of the value as determined annually by unanimous resolution of the shareholders. The letter went on to say that at the AGMs held in August 2017, the value of the shares for each entity had been determined by unanimous resolution of the shareholders.[49] It was said then that on the basis of the resolutions said to have been passed at the AGMs payments would be made to YSPL for its shares in the amounts set out in the letter. The letter concluded:
We want you to know that we have taken appropriate legal advice about the matters set out in this letter and its enclosures and that we are satisfied that are fully entitled to act in the manner foreshadowed above. We are firm in our resolve to implement fully what we intend to do, as set out above, and we do not intend to enter into any negotiations or debate with you about these matters.
145 The following day, 12 October 2017, Yelland's solicitors, on behalf of Yelland and YSPL, wrote to Briggs, Strunz, Liew and the Plus Sydney and Brisbane directors enclosing letters of resignation in respect of each entity which read as follows:
Pursuant to clause 10(a) of the Shareholders Agreement...I hereby resign as a Director of the company. Please accept this correspondence as confirmation of that resignation on 3 months notice, the minimum notice period required under the Agreement. I look forward to speaking with you further regarding the valuation of my shares and credit loan accounts so that my exit from [Plus Architecture] can be finalised.
146 Yelland's solicitors' letter said that the approach taken by the existing shareholders and directors was unconscionable given the discussions and correspondence exchanged to date and that Yelland had provided an indication of his intention to resign and had sought confirmation that the parties would work towards an amicable resolution and determination of an exit payment. Yelland's solicitors went on to say that the notices of resignation represented resignation by Yelland of his posting as company director only and were not to be construed as notice of his resignation of employment; and that the deemed transfer notice arising pursuant to cl 10(c) of the shareholders agreements would have its value calculated pursuant to schedule 2A of the agreement.
147 The solicitors for the Plus entities, also acting for Strunz, Briggs, and their associated entities, wrote to Yelland's solicitors on 18 October 2017 acknowledging receipt of Yelland's resignation letters, saying in substance that schedule 2A did not apply to the valuation of YSPL's shares and repeating the position set out in the 11 October letter.
148 On 31 October 2017, Yelland tendered his resignation as an employee of the Plus Architecture entities, stating that the applicable notice period contained in his contract of employment would apply.
149 On 2 November 2017, meetings of the directors of each of Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane were held by video conference. At each meeting, the resolutions as proposed in the notices of meeting were the subject of a vote which was in each case passed unanimously save for Yelland's vote. Yelland asked the meeting in each case to confirm that they had received his letter of resignation, which they did. There was no discussion at the meeting as to Yelland's performance or behaviour, and no discussion as to the reason for passing the resolutions. The minutes of meeting in each case confirmed that the resolutions had passed and that Yelland was not in favour of the resolution which he said could not be passed in light of his previously tendered resignation subject to a three-month notice period in accordance with the shareholders agreement.
150 The minutes for both Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane also recorded that:
3.5 Craig Yelland noted that he is not at all surprised or concerned with the proceedings of the meeting and anticipates there will be some negotiation between respective legal teams before an amicable resolution for share transfer is reached.
3.6 Danilo Juric asked if Craig Yelland had tendered his resignation with ASIC and noted that this can happen at any time. Craig responded, noting that his position as that resignation with ASIC will take place at the end of the three month notice period as per the conditions of the Shareholders Agreement.
151 Circular resolutions of the directors were passed on 22 January 2018 recording that on 2 November 2017 in each case the board had passed the resolutions terminating Yelland's employment by reason of which YSPL was deemed to have given a transfer notice in accordance with cl 10(c) of the shareholders agreement, and that the Board had made offers in respect of Yelland's shares to the majority shareholders in accordance with clauses 11(g) and 11(h) of the shareholders agreement, which had been accepted. It was then resolved to accept the transfer notice, and transfer all of Yelland's shares in the proportions set out in the resolution. Those proportions, effective from 31 December 2017, were:
(a) In Plus Melbourne, one third each to Liew, Briggs and Strunz, for a total payment to Yelland of $1,251,318;
(b) In Plus Sydney, one quarter to Pin, and three quarters to Julka, for a total payment to Yelland of $187,626;
(c) In Plus Brisbane, all of Yelland's shares were transferred to Juric, for $281,774.
B.4 Witness evidence relevant to purpose for the Termination Resolutions
152 Each of Strunz, Briggs, Liew, Julka and Juric gave evidence and was cross-examined concerning their reasons for voting in favour of the Termination Resolutions on 2 November 2017 and in relation to the receipt of Yelland's letter of resignation on 12 October 2017. The witnesses' evidence (subjective evidence relevant to their actions) is to be assessed in light of the objective circumstances which have been discussed above and which is further considered in sub-part B.5.
Briggs's evidence concerning the termination of Yelland
153 As noted earlier, Briggs considered that by September 2017 his relationship with Yelland had broken down. That position had not changed by 2 November. On his evidence, his decision to propose and then vote in favour of the Termination Resolutions was informed by several factors. There had been over a year of unsuccessful negotiations in relation to which his perception was that Yelland rebuffed positions put by Briggs and Strunz, or moved the goalposts. Briggs and Strunz had significant strategic goals for the company that he considered were not being realised. Briggs also considered that Yelland's presence was becoming detrimental to staff members, especially McArthur. He observed that Strunz began to feel bullied himself, to the point where he was no longer able to have a conversation with Yelland unless Briggs or Liew was present. Briggs had understood on 15 September 2017 that Yelland had wanted them to tell the other directors that he was leaving. However, they received Yelland's 16 September email, 'complaining that we had told the other directors that he had left and he proposed that he wasn't leaving'. This led, eventually, to the meeting at which, as Briggs perceived it, Yelland was proposing an unaffordable resolution to his share purchase price. Briggs considered that there was no way they could reach agreement as to the terms of Yelland's exit. I accept that Briggs held the view that an agreement on the financial terms of Yelland's exit was not realistically achievable. That conclusion, regarding Brigg's perception, is readily open notwithstanding that it cannot be concluded what Yelland might have accepted for his shares had different events transpired, whatever those events might have been. It was not put to Briggs (or to Strunz or Liew) that he ought to have considered Yelland's position in respect of the price for his shares, reasonable. No facts regarding Yelland's position concerning the price for his shares were put to Briggs (or to Strunz or to Liew).
154 Briggs was not challenged, at all or in any significant way, on his evidence concerning the breakdown in his relationship with Yelland and the factors that positively led him to take steps to terminate Yelland. The reasons given by Briggs in his subjective evidence were consistent with the objective evidence of the circumstances prevailing at Plus during 2017, which is discussed elsewhere.
155 Briggs discussed Yelland's letter of resignation of 12 October 2017 with Strunz, when they received it. Briggs was concerned about dragging out the 'uncomfortable process' for a further three months, particularly in light of what he and Strunz considered to be Yelland's inappropriate behaviour towards McArthur and the uncomfortable working environment that they considered his presence created. Briggs was concerned that the dispute could damage the company and continue to delay decisions. Simply put, his evidence, which I accept, was that on his assessment Yelland's resignation was not a solution to the circumstances in which the businesses were mired.
156 Briggs' evidence was also that it was not his understanding at the time, or by 2 November 2017, that if Yelland resigned instead of being terminated, that that may affect the price for or timing of payment for the shares. It was, he said, his belief that it was in the interests of Plus staff and the company as a whole that Yelland be terminated immediately and that this would assist in resolving share ownership. I accept that evidence. It was consistent with the evidence of the surrounding circumstances.
157 Cross-examined, Briggs was asked, in turn, a series of questions concerning the possibility of the waiver by the directors of the notice period for Yelland's resignations. He was asked why he (in context, the directors collectively) did not accept the resignations and waive the notice period, to which his answer was that he did not believe they had the power to do so. Next, he was asked whether on receipt of Yelland's letter of 12 October 2017 he turned his mind to the question whether they could accept Yelland's resignation and waive his notice period and whether he took any steps to work out if they could accept Yelland's resignation. His answer to each was, 'no'. It was then put that there was no reason why they could not have waived the notice period had they chosen to do so. His answer was that they thought there was a risk that Yelland would be able to cancel his resignation.
158 YSPL sought to characterise Briggs' evidence as presenting various alternative conflicting accounts. I reject that submission. It is important to recall that Briggs was being asked why he did not act differently to how he had in fact acted. He was being asked to respond to a hypothetical proposition - that the directors could have waived Yelland's notice period - by responding to confined questions. Having observed Briggs' evidence and the nature of the questioning, I conclude that Briggs did not turn his mind to the question of waiver. He was directly asked whether he did, and his answer, which was not challenged, was that he did not. That Briggs did not turn his mind to the question of waiver was consistent with the surrounding circumstances. On 11 October the directors had issued their letter stating in substance that they had considered and taken advice on termination, and had resolved to act as set out in the letter. Yelland's letter of resignation came only a day later. It made clear that as far as Yelland was concerned his resignation would come into effect in January 2018. It was not in contest that Yelland did not offer to waive his notice period. Yelland himself did not bring the question of waiver into play, save in the context of this litigation. It is hardly surprising, and does not strain credulity that in those circumstances Briggs did not turn his mind to whether in fact the resignation might be brought forward by waiver. I construe Briggs' statement that they did not think they had the power to waive the notice period, in that context, as a reference to an absence of a belief that they could have so acted, consistently with his evidence that he did not turn his mind to the question.
159 Briggs accepted that he had seen notice periods waived before, while working in architectural practices. He answered 'yes' to a question framed in those terms, but no detail was explored in questioning. That fact did not establish that in this case, he must have considered waving Yelland's notice period but decided against it.
160 When it was put that there was no reason they could not have waived his notice period, Briggs' answer was that they thought there was a 'risk that he would be able to cancel his resignation'. The purport of that evidence was that Briggs thought that Yelland might not proceed as he had indicated in his letter, and that Briggs thought that how Yelland would behave could not be controlled or assumed. That was consistent with the tenor of Briggs' evidence that he perceived Yelland to have moved the goal posts in discussions and negotiations with Briggs and Strunz, including in relation to Liew's shareholding, and in Yelland's position concerning his exit from Plus on and after 15 September, which is discussed above.
161 As to the schedule 2B discount, the fact that Briggs was aware that it was 'at least arguable that YSPL's shares could be acquired at a 30% discount provided for in schedule 2B of the shareholders agreement' (as it was put to him in cross-examination, and accepted) does not serve to undermine his evidence as to why he voted to terminate Yelland. The provision made by the shareholders agreements for the valuation of shares on the departure of a shareholders' associated director was a fact of which each of the persons bound by those agreements, including Briggs, can be taken to have been aware. By way of example (in a different context), the application of a 30% discount on a voluntary transfer of shares between members was regularly factored into the informal 'valuations' made or commissioned within Plus. This was a forced transfer which had not occurred before within Plus, but the point is that the shareholders agreements and the provision that they made for the ending of relationships and the transfer of shareholdings were no secret within Plus; they were well understood frameworks for the operation of the entities and associated relationships and businesses.
Strunz's evidence concerning the termination of Yelland
162 On the question of Yelland's termination, Strunz said, as discussed earlier, that while he had considered, during the mediation process, whether he should leave Plus, he had come to view that he, Briggs and Liew shared a common vision for Plus which Yelland did not share and, given they could no longer work together, that Yelland should leave Plus. His evidence was that he wanted to put an end to the saga which he thought had gone on much too long, had damaged the company and had been stressful.
163 Bringing an end to a damaging dispute by terminating Yelland had occurred to Strunz during the heated 28 February 2017 breakfast meeting, during which he told Yelland that he would vote to terminate Yelland if Yelland proceeded with legal action against Justin to force a sale of Justin's shares. He had in March 2017 obtained legal advice that they could require Yelland to leave. In my assessment, Strunz's position was consistent throughout. He considered that the impasse in the partnership, which he considered damaging to Plus, could be legitimately brought to an end by terminating Yelland. He was prepared to negotiate and indeed hoped things could be resolved by negotiation, but was prepared to terminate Yelland if need be, and took the view that that should occur if a timely negotiated solution was not likely.
164 Strunz had thought, at the final mediation session, that Yelland had agreed to leave, and he felt great relief at that prospect. However, as Strunz said, the following day, Yelland emphasised that all that had happened was that they had said they would make him an offer and he would consider it. Strunz's email of 16 September to Briggs and Liew, saying that they would issue an official termination of Yelland's position, and that there was 'no going back', was responsive to Yelland's email of the same day. Despite the communications that occurred in the intervening three weeks, Strunz had concluded by 22 September that there was, as Strunz put it, no way they could agree on a value. I accept that Strunz had formed that view of the prospect of resolving the question of the price for YSPL's shares and that consistent with that view, Strunz proceeded to act to bring an end to the impasse.
165 The subjective evidence given by Strunz for his reasons for acting were consistent with the objectively established surrounding circumstances, which are discussed elsewhere.
166 YSPL put several propositions to Strunz in support of its thesis that Strunz's purpose in terminating Yelland was to acquire YSPL's shares at a discount.
167 It was put, and Strunz accepted, that he had discussed the shareholders agreements and a possible acquisition at the discounted value with Julka and Juric. That fact does not establish the motive for which YSPL contended. It was rational and to be expected that when discussing a potential significant change in the shareholding structure with the Sydney and Brisbane partners, that Strunz would discuss with them the provisions of the shareholders agreement that would apply in respect of the transfer of the shares, if the proposed resolutions were passed. In fact, Strunz also told his interstate counterparts to prepare to pay 100% of an assessed value, because they were still in negotiations.
168 It was repeatedly put to Strunz that there was no need to terminate Yelland, particularly after Yelland had served a letter of resignation. Strunz consistently said that yes, there was a reason to proceed with termination, namely that there was no agreement on when Yelland was going to go, and no agreement as to the value of YSPL's shares. In my assessment Strunz gave direct and straightforward evidence, including on this question. His subjective account was consistent with the objective facts. He had found that historically, there was no certainty in dealing with Yelland. In his mind, absent termination, there was no clear way to bring the dispute to an end.
169 Strunz was cross-examined about the power to waive Yelland's notice period. It was put that they could have waived notice and 'been rid of him from that day'. Strunz's answer was, 'I don't think so. ... I don't know. If you say so, yes'. When asked, he could not identify any fact that 'stopped' them waiving notice. Strunz's evidence established that he did not, at the time, have a belief as to whether Plus could itself unilaterally waive Yelland's notice period, but he sought to engage with the questions put to him about whether that would have been possible.
170 It was not established by reference to Strunz's evidence that he considered waiving Yelland's notice period and refrained from doing so, or that he proceeded with the with Termination Resolutions in order to obtain YSPL's shares at a discount.
171 YSPL sought to impugn Strunz's credit by dissecting and contrasting strands of his evidence which it sought to characterise as inconsistent and unreliable. I reject that criticism. Strunz sought to answer the propositions put to him without argument or obfuscation. His evidence that the value of Plus shares had been agreed at past AGMs was erroneous. He accepted that readily when it was put to him (that topic is discussed elsewhere). I do not consider that that aspect of his evidence undermines the cogency of his evidence generally or requires that I regard him as an unreliable or untruthful witness.
Liew's evidence concerning the termination of Yelland
172 Liew agreed with Briggs and Strunz at the final mediation session on 15 September that Yelland should leave the business. She was not involved in any subsequent discussions with Yelland. She read the 11 October letter and discussed it with Strunz and Briggs before it was sent. She received and read Yelland's 12 October resignation letter. Liew's evidence was that her reasons for proposing and voting on the Termination Resolutions were that she did not consider that Yelland was contributing positively to the Plus Melbourne business; she wanted to protect the mental health of Plus staff from Yelland's negative behaviour; and that her relationship with Yelland had broken down completely to the point that she could not stand being in the same space with him. She also said that she voted to end Yelland's position in order to protect her own mental health. Liew's evidence about why she took steps to terminate Yelland was consistent with the objectively established surrounding circumstances.
173 Liew was cross-examined as to why, if she wanted Yelland out of the business as quickly as possible, she did not just accept Yelland's resignation and waive the notice period. Liew's evidence was that termination was an action that signalled they did not want to deal with Yelland anymore.
174 YSPL sought to make much of Liew's answers as to why simply accepting Yelland's resignation would not have achieved the same result. YSPL said that she was a most unsatisfactory witnesses, and that parts of her evidence were incoherent. I do not accept that characterisation. As I have already said, Liew's evidence about why she acted as she did was consistent with surrounding circumstances. In my assessment, Liew struggled at times with comprehending what was being put to her but engaged with and sought to answer the questions put to her, grappling with hypothetical propositions when answering why she had not taken a different course of action to the one actually taken. I assessed her as an honest witness.
175 Liew's evidence did not establish that she had considered accepting Yelland's resignation and waiving his notice period or that she had taken any course of action because she thought she could achieve a better financial outcome by terminating Yelland than by allowing him to resign. Her evidence, which I accept, was that she did not consider that a different price may be payable if he resigned rather than being terminated. That she had positive reason to vote for Yelland's termination was established by the objective circumstances.
176 Liew was aware that the shareholders agreement provided for the Schedule 2B discount and that she was aware of that at the time, having approved the 11 October letter to Yelland. That a discount applied, she said in evidence, was a consequence of the shareholders agreement. It was not a motivating factor in her voting to terminate Yelland. Nothing put in cross-examination established that it was.
Julka's evidence concerning the termination of Yelland
177 Julka was a director of Plus Sydney and held shares in Plus Sydney by his nominee company. He had previously been an employee of Plus Melbourne, and had relocated to Sydney from Melbourne for reasons unconnected with work, resigning from Plus. Prior to Plus Sydney commencing in July 2014, Julka had discussions with Strunz about how a newly established business would operate. Strunz told Juric that it was the intention of the Melbourne-based directors that they would sell their shares in Plus Sydney over time to existing or new local directors and that after an agreed timeframe they would sell down their shareholding entirely. That model of succession was a significant factor in Julka's decision to join Plus Sydney. It was very important to him that the people who did the work in the company should have the option of owning the company and also believed that that model was one of the principal ways in which Plus Sydney could attract and retain high calibre people who would otherwise look for opportunities elsewhere, especially given that the Plus Architecture brand was not well known at the time and had little, if any, presence in Sydney. Yelland, Strunz and Briggs acted as mentors to the Sydney-based directors. Yulka's assessment (which was unchallenged) was that although Yelland's advice and mentorship were valuable, especially in the years immediately after Plus Sydney was established, Yelland had not been involved in doing the work of Plus Sydney and had not contributed to the revenue generated by Plus Sydney. Those matters were relevant to the assessment that Julka made in relation to the fate of the directorship of Plus Sydney.
178 In the months before Yelland's departure, Strunz told Julka that there was significant tension between Yelland, Briggs and Strunz, and that they were engaging in mediation with a view to resolving their differences. Julka was not privy to details of the dispute. As discussed earlier, Strunz told Julka on 15 September that Yelland would be exiting Plus, and before 11 October 2017, asked whether Julka was willing to buy a portion of Yelland's shares in Plus Sydney. Julka received notice of the proposed meeting for Plus Sydney on 11 October 2017 with an agenda that sought to pass ordinary resolutions to terminate Yelland's employment as a director.
179 From what he was told, Julka understood that the relationship between Briggs, Strunz, Yelland and Liew had completely broken down and that there was a dispute about how Yelland would exit the business. Julka said (without discussing price) that he would buy a portion of Yelland's shares. He agreed to do so, taking the view that because of the dispute within Plus Melbourne, Yelland's exit was an inevitability. He considered the acquisition of Yelland's shares to be a natural evolution of the way in which he understood Plus Sydney would evolve, albeit at a time that was unexpected and earlier than anticipated. On 12 October, he received Yelland's letter of resignation.
180 Julka's evidence about his reasoning process was that he voted to support the resolutions because he considered that the exit of Liew, Briggs and Strunz would have a much bigger negative impact on Plus Sydney than Yelland's departure. In relation to the possible exit of the other partners, Julka considered that Strunz was integral to the furthering of their reputation in relation to the quality of their work and Briggs had already been part of the design team for a couple of projects based in Sydney. Briggs' value to Sydney was in design, and Strunz's was in the delivery and quality of documentation. Liew had been helpful in approaching Chinese and Asian clients and establishing introductions with them. Strunz had won a big project for Sydney in conjunction with Julka. The Sydney partners were securing projects for Sydney (the contribution of the legacy partners should not be overstated). Julka considered that Plus Melbourne would have been very significantly impacted by Liew, Strunz or Briggs leaving, and his opinion was that it would have been a fatal blow to Plus Melbourne which would have had a ripple effect to each of the other offices. National clients worked across States, and a severe impact on the Melbourne office would have affected the overall reputation of the Plus Architecture business. Julka considered that national clients were quite risk averse and would probably have thought twice about giving work to Plus Sydney in the event of the Melbourne practice being severely impacted or folding. Although he respected Yelland's mentorship and had known him for a long time, he considered that losing Strunz and Briggs would be a material and unrecoverable loss for Plus Melbourne, which would potentially lead to it ceasing to operate and destabilising the viability of the other entities operating under the Plus brand, in particular Plus Sydney. His appreciation for Yelland's mentorship was reflected in a text message about Yelland's leaving the company in which he said he was saddened and shocked. Julka's evidence about his reasoning process in this respect was not challenged.
181 Julka deferred to Strunz's judgment about how Yelland's exit should be managed and was operating on the assumption that Strunz had a strategy in place based on legal advice. His evidence was that the possibility that he would acquire Yelland's shares for 70% of their value was not a factor in his decision to vote in favour of the resolution. I accept this evidence which was consistent with the analysis that Julka had made of the respective contributions of Yelland, Strunz and Briggs to the Plus business.
182 I also accept his evidence that he did not appreciate that, if they waited for three months for Yelland's notice of termination to take effect instead of resolving to terminate him effective immediately, a higher price might be payable for Yelland's entities' shares. The timing of Yelland's departure was not something that he had thought about. He was never informed that Yelland was willing to waive the notice period.
Juric's evidence concerning termination of Yelland
183 Juric was a director of Plus Brisbane from July 2015 and held shares through his nominated entity. Juric's evidence about the reasons he joined Plus Brisbane underscored the importance to him of the succession issue. Yelland had recruited Juric to the role of principal in control of Plus Brisbane. During negotiations for his commencement with Plus, he told Yelland that he wanted to ensure that ultimately the majority of Plus Brisbane's shareholders were local so that they were invested in the success of the business and that he did not want the majority of the business' profits being sent off to other States. Juric said that he would not have joined Plus Brisbane unless he could own a stake in it, and had no intention of building a business only to have to buy in later at an inflated price. Yelland told him that he and the other Melbourne directors envisaged setting up businesses and selling down their shareholding after those businesses had established themselves. That evidence was unchallenged.
184 Juric's assessment about the involvement of the Melbourne partners in the Brisbane business was that Strunz contributed fees to Plus Brisbane in its first year and spent considerable time mentoring Plus Brisbane staff and seeking other opportunities for new work for Plus Brisbane. Also in Plus Brisbane's first year Briggs performed design work for Juric. Juric regarded Yelland's contribution to Plus Brisbane as marginal at best. Yelland did identify some client targets that did not result in any business, and did not perform revenue-generating work. Yelland attended board meetings each month, but had no operational involvement in Plus Brisbane.
185 As discussed earlier, in September 2017, Briggs and Strunz telephoned Juric to tell him that Yelland had decided to leave Plus Architecture. They said that they did not consider they could continue to have a working relationship with Yelland. They asked Juric if he wanted to buy Yelland's shareholding, to which he replied yes, he did. They told him to prepare funds to purchase the shares in accordance with the shareholders agreement and valuation agreed by the directors at the 2017 AGM that had been held a month prior. Juric's understanding from that conversation was that Yelland had already decided to leave and the only issue to be determined was when to pay him. He understood or assumed that the amount to be paid would be based on the value agreed at the 2017 AGM. In the following week, Strunz told him that there was conflict between him and Briggs on the one hand, and Yelland on the other in relation to the succession model and that Yelland had decided he no longer wanted to sell down his shares, including in Plus Brisbane. He told him there were issues with staff, including with McArthur, who had threatened to resign following what Strunz described as Yelland's bullying behaviour towards her. Strunz told Juric that the three of them had attended mediation meetings, ultimately culminating in Yelland's decision to leave the practice.
186 Juric considered that what he had been told about Yelland not wanting to sell down his shares conflicted with what he had been told by Yelland during his recruitment and was also inconsistent with the business plan for Plus Brisbane that had been discussed at the 2015 and 2016 AGMs. The minutes of the 2017 AGM recorded the following:
All agreed that at some point in time the majority of the shareholding will be held with local directors. DJ would like this to happen soon. CY noted he would like to enjoy some dividends before selling down. DJ noted local directors should have the majority because the ones doing the lions share of the work should be rewarded. Also the non-local directors have not contributed to growth and still get equitable share of the reward. This is a disincentive for local directors. CY noted all fundamentally agreed, it's the timing that needs to be determined. DJ noted CY's comments. AM proposed [t]hat RIC [that is, Strunz, Briggs and Yelland] come to an agreement by the end of the year.
187 Those minutes were contemporaneous evidence that the succession issue on which Strunz, Briggs and Liew on the one hand, and Yelland on the other, were so divided, was understood in the same way by Juric, a more junior, interstate partner.
188 Juric's evidence was that his reasons for voting to terminate Yelland as a director of Plus Brisbane were that Yelland, he understood, was in significant conflict with Briggs and Strunz to the extent that their business relationship had become dysfunctional, and the dysfunctionality represented a risk to the business as a whole. Juric was concerned that they would not be able to make decisions in the best interests of Plus Brisbane. As he put it, it was his fiduciary responsibility to limit the damage that was being caused by the split. As Juric saw it, Yelland was an inactive director of Plus Brisbane and had, by 2 November, voiced his intention to leave the firm and begin a profession other than architecture. Although it was difficult for Juric to vote to terminate Yelland, having known Yelland since university, he considered it was in the best interests of Plus Brisbane to do so. That evidence was not challenged.
189 He was aware that the termination would result in the forced sale of Yelland's shares in accordance with the shareholders agreement. That was, he said, the effect of the decision to terminate, not the reason for it. His intent was to bring to an end disputes within the company and risks to the company and staff, including McArthur, who was Director of Services at Plus International, which Juric wanted stabilised. I accept his evidence. It was a coherent, rational explanation of the way in which Juric made the decision he made in the circumstances with which he was faced.
190 Juric had received the 11 October letter from Yelland giving notice of his intention to resign from 11 January 2018. He believed that Yelland's decision to resign the day after he received notice of the directors' intent to terminate him was a legal move to benefit Yelland only and took no consideration of the Plus Brisbane business. He agreed that there was nothing to prevent Plus Brisbane from accepting Yelland's resignation and waiving the notice period, but he considered it was his responsibility to bring an end to the Yelland situation and that termination was the means of effecting that outcome. He accepted when cross examined that if he had accepted Yelland's resignation and waived his notice period, it would have brought the matter to a conclusion more quickly than terminating Yelland. As with the other director witnesses, the questions about potential waiver of the notice period were directed to a hypothetical set of circumstances. That an alternative course may have been technically open and might have produced a result of bringing the dispute to an end is not a sufficient basis in all of the circumstances for establishing that Juric in fact considered the alternative course and decided against it (at all, or for an ulterior purpose).
191 YSPL's case on purpose and lack of commercial justification intersected. The principal circumstances on which it relied were these:
(a) Because Yelland had agreed to leave and to take leave from the office, and had then resigned (on 12 October), there was simply no need for the passage of the Termination Resolutions. The objective of removing Yelland from the business had already been achieved, voluntarily as it were. Yelland's letter of resignation was binding. As to the passage of time, it was within the power of the defendants to waive the notice period, and he would be gone. They did not do so.
(b) The directors understood that they could acquire YSPL's shares at a discount if Yelland was terminated. Strunz had discussed this with Juric and Julka.
(c) Yelland was given no formal warning, nor any reason for his termination. The notices proposing the resolutions did not elaborate, and nor did the discussion at the 2 November meeting. Yelland was given no opportunity to respond to the perceived problems.
(d) The complaints concerning Yelland's behaviour were over-stated and did not justify Yelland's termination. In any case, they were historical and irrelevant because Yelland had agreed to depart and had then resigned.
192 For the reasons discussed above in the context of the directors' evidence, I consider that each gave cogent evidence about their reasons for taking steps to terminate Yelland, which in each case was consistent with objectively established circumstances prevailing within Plus during 2017. Each had considered, rational and substantive reasons to take steps to terminate Yelland, that concentrated upon the good of the business as a whole.
193 Each gave evidence about their motivations and each was cross-examined on matters said to support a conclusion that they were at least substantially motivated by a desire to obtain a financial advantage by terminating Yelland, and not by a proper commercial purpose. Their subject evidence, including the evidence elicited in cross-examination, did not establish that obtaining YSPL's shares at a discount was a motivating purpose (as YSPL put it, a purpose or a substantial purpose) for their proposing or voting to pass the Termination Resolutions. The witnesses' evidence was consistent with the objective evidence concerning the circumstances in which the directors actions were taken.
194 By 15 September Yelland had clearly stated his intention to leave Plus, but it became apparent almost immediately thereafter that he would not be leaving until agreement was reached on the sale of his shares.
195 Although some of Yelland's correspondence at that time expressed goodwill and a commitment to good faith negotiations and Briggs and Strunz had been prepared to put off getting an independent valuation while negotiating with Yelland, it soon became clear that the parties were too far apart to reach agreement on the question of Yelland's shares. Yelland's position was that had they obtained an independent valuation it would not be binding.
196 No timeframe or process was agreed or in place, by virtue of which they would be reasonable sure, or even somewhat hopeful, they would reach agreement.
197 Those were the circumstances at the time at which the 9 October letter and notices of proposed termination were issued.
198 Strunz, Briggs and Liew were, in my assessment, acting reasonably and commercially when they formed the view that there was no effective way to bring the dispute to an end short of termination, and so issued the notices of proposed termination.
199 YSPL's submission was to say (literally), 'so what' to the events before 15 September 2017 because after 15 September a completely different environment prevailed. For the reasons just enumerated, YSPL's consignment of the events leading up to September 2017 to irrelevance was artificial. In making an assessment of how the events were likely to play out after 15 September 2017 the directors were in my view acting reasonably and commercially in having regard to the past difficulties that they had had dealing with Yelland, which have been discussed earlier. None of Strunz, Briggs and Liew was challenged in any significant way on their evidence that their relationships with Yelland had broken down, as to their assessment of Yelland's behaviour and interactions with certain staff, or and that the dispute was, in their assessment, damaging to the business.
200 YSPL submitted that the communications that were exchanged between 15 September and 9 October, described to the broader group of Plus directors as 'amicable negotiations', undermined the defendants' position that resolution was not practically possible. I do not accept that submission. The fact that the other directors kept talking with Yelland while at the same time reaching and confirming in their own minds the view that resolution was not going to be possible was neither irrational, inexplicable or unreasonable behaviour in the circumstances.
201 An objective commercial bystander would not have considered it unfair to have issued the notice of meeting proposing the termination of Yelland's position in the prevailing circumstances, including those leading up to September 2017.
202 In my view, the service of Yelland's 12 October letter of resignation did not materially alter the circumstances, when assessed objectively.
203 YSPL endeavoured in cross-examination of the directors to establish facts from which it could be inferred that waiving Yelland's notice period would have achieved their objective, and given they did not do so, they must have refrained from doing so because they were committed to terminating Yelland in order to obtain the schedule 2B discount. A simple path forward presented itself, so why take the rocky path unless driven by the profit motive, so the submission went. The failure to waive the notice period, on YSPL's submission, assisted to establish both that there was no need to pass the Termination Resolutions, and that the directors were in fact motivated by a desire to obtain YSPL's shares at a discount, when voting on those resolutions.
204 The reality was not so simple. When cross-examined, the directors accepted certain propositions put to them - that it might or would have been possible to waive notice; that waiving notice might or would have meant Yelland would stop coming into the office. But it was not established that at the time they turned their minds to waiving Yelland's notice period; that they thought about it and decided against it, choosing instead to press ahead with termination. Yelland's letter of resignation did not present as a fork in the road. Yelland did not raise waiver himself. The other directors had already committed to a course, for reasons founded on their assessments of the good the business, and nothing suggested it should be altered. That a voluntary statement by Yelland about what he was going to do did not cause them to revisit their chosen course was unsurprising and not unreasonable, given the vexed nature of their protracted negotiations over the shareholding and the course of their negotiations since 15 September 2017.
205 Much was sought to be made in YSPL's submissions of the fact that a notice of resignation, once made, could not be withdrawn (as YSPL put it, such a notice was, legally, irrevocable). That fact was called in aid of a submission that there was, in fact no reason that the directors needed to terminate Yelland, or that they ought to have understood as much. It was not established, however, and I do not accept, that that was a factor considered or understood by the directors, or that, acting reasonably, they were obliged to offer a waiver Yelland's notice period.
206 YSPL's waiver theory - that the directors did not take a different course that was arguably open to them to take (as YSPL put it, the defendants were wilfully blind to the options available to them), was a hypothesis that was not grounded in the reality of the parties' relationships and the commercial circumstances affecting the Plus business at the time the directors made the decisions in question. Failing to consider and then effect unilateral waiver of the notice period was not commercially unfair in my view and nor did it evidence the existence an intent on behalf of any of the directors to pursue Yelland's termination in order to benefit financially.
207 As the letter of 9 October made clear, the directors were aware of the contractual consequences of taking that step, in terms of the price payable for YSPL's shares. But that fact did not itself establish the purpose for which YSPL contended.
208 Objectively assessed, a reasonable director in the position of Strunz, Briggs and Liew would not have felt bound to change the course already decided upon, on receipt of Yelland's notice of resignation.
209 The fact that Yelland was not told that the other directors intended to terminate him because of the accumulation of circumstances discussed, or any combination of them, did not establish that the directors were acting without reasonable justification. As is clear from the earlier analysis I do not accept the submission that the complaints concerning Yelland's behaviour were without merit or trivial. A reasonable director in the circumstances of the Plus directors would not have regarded them as such.
210 The problems in the relationship between Yelland, Briggs, Strunz and Liew ought to have been obvious to Yelland including through the mediation process, and it is sufficiently clear that no additional process would have advanced the dispute any closer towards a resolution. A reasonable director in the position of the Plus directors would not have found it necessary to engage in further process with Yelland.
211 I accept that Yelland did not expect to hear, on 9 October 2017, that the directors were intending to take action to terminate him. I also accept that the effect of the defendants' conduct was detrimental to YSPL. However, objectively assessed, in taking the steps they took, the detriment to YSPL on the one hand, and the interests of the Plus entities on the other, were not unfairly weighed by the directors and the detriment to YSPL was not unfair in the relevant sense.
212 In that context it is relevant (as discussed below in part C) that the actions taken by the directors were open to them under the shareholders agreements. Yelland and YSPL had agreed to those terms. They reflected the standards of corporate governance that each had accepted as appropriate for the Plus entities, including that the directors could, by majority, vote to terminate one of their own. In seeking to resolve the problem that confronted the Plus entities in September to November 2017, a reasonable director would have had regard to the framework established by the shareholders agreements, specifically to the provisions by which the companies' relationships with directors may be brought to an end.
213 In fact, while the agreements did not require a reason for termination of a director, in this case it has not been established that in exercising their contractual powers the directors were acting for an improper purpose or in bad faith or (putting aside those legal characterisations) that they were acting for any reason other than to secure the stability and future of the Plus entities. It has been established the directors took into account facts that reasonable directors in their shoes would have regarded as relevant to the interests of the Plus entities.
214 In all of the circumstances, considered objectively, the decision by the directors to propose Yelland's termination and then to vote for it, was not a decision that no reasonable director would have taken.
215 The position of the Sydney and Brisbane directors merits separate mention. They were not themselves mired in dispute with Yelland, but for the reasons discussed earlier, each made the assessment that the dispute within Plus Melbourne, which concerned individuals who were also directors of Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane, if not resolved appropriately, was likely to adversely affect the interstate entities. Each of Julka and Juric, for reasons relating to their assessment of the interests of Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane respectively, voted to terminate Yelland. In neither case was it established that the decision to so act was motivated by a desire to obtain YSPL's shares at a discount. In neither case was it established that the decision to so act lacked a reasonable commercial justification or was a decision that no reasonable director in the circumstances would have taken.
216 It follows that YSPL's primary oppression case fails.
217 YSPL alleged that the conduct of the affairs of Plus International was oppressive of, unfairly prejudicial to, and unfairly discriminatory against YSPL.[50] The case was put this way: Yelland was excluded from the activities of Plus International in particular ways from 2 November 2017 which prevented him from properly executing his duties as a director of Plus International. YSPL participated in the affairs of Plus International through Yelland. Accordingly, Yelland's ability to represent the interests of YSPL in the affairs of Plus International was 'impeded'. That meant that YSPL was at a disadvantage in relation to the other shareholders of Plus International.
218 Plus International is the trustee of the Plus International Unit Trust, which is governed by the Plus International Unit Trust Deed. YSPL, Briggs Nominees Pty Ltd, Strunz Nominees Pty Ltd, Plus Melbourne and Plus Sydney are a unitholders of the Trust. The Trust facilitates the provision of shared services to the other Plus entities, including marketing, labour hire, expense payments and IT services. The expenses incurred by the Trust are recovered through income from the other entities. Plus International operates on a cost-recovery basis; it was never intended to be profit-making. As is discussed below, in January 2018 the employees of Plus International were transferred to Plus Melbourne and arrangements were subsequently made for the services previously undertaken by them to be provided by or though Plus Melbourne.
219 By its pleaded claim YSPL alleged that it was excluded from the affairs of Plus International in three respects, namely by:
(a) the restriction of Yelland's access to the books and records of Plus International;
(b) the revocation of Yelland's Plus email account; and
(c) the exclusion of Yelland from Plus International business premises.
220 In submissions, YSPL's complaint was broadened to include the transfer of staff engaged by Plus International and directions to Yelland to refrain from contacting staff, although no application was made to amend YSPL's claim.
221 YSPL seeks an order that Briggs Nominees and Strunz Nominees purchase YSPL's shares in Plus International and that Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney, Briggs Nominees and Strunz Nominees purchase YSPL's units in the Plus International Unit Trust.
222 There is a division between Australian courts at first instance on the question of whether the beneficiaries of a unit trust can obtain oppression remedies.[51] Because of the view I have reached in relation to the conduct the subject of YSPL's claim, it is unnecessary to consider this point further.
223 In summary, even if YSPL as a unitholder could be entitled to a remedy in respect of the conduct of the affairs of the trustee of the unit trust, I have concluded that the conduct of the affairs of Plus International cannot be properly characterised as oppressive of, unfairly prejudicial to, or unfairly discriminatory against YSPL.
224 As discussed earlier, at a minimum, the statutory phrase 'oppressive to, unfairly prejudicial or unfairly discriminatory against' imports a standard of unfairness to the evaluative determination whether conduct is oppressive. Whether conduct is relevantly unfair is a question of fact and degree, and is to be judged objectively. In making that assessment the court must determine whether reasonable directors, 'possessing any special skill, knowledge or acumen possessed by the directors and having in mind the importance of furthering the corporate object on the one hand and the disadvantage, disability or burden which their decision will impose on a member on the other, would have decided that it was unfair to make that decision. Commercial unfairness may assume many forms. It might inhere in the harm suffered by the conduct, the lack of reasonable commercial justification for the course taken, or in the character of the decision making process itself.[52]
225 Subject to the analysis below, I accept that aspects of the conduct of which YSPL complains had an effect on it in a literal sense (Yelland no longer had a Plus company email account; Yelland was directed not to contact Plus staff; some of Yelland's communications about documents to certain staff were unanswered). Considered from that perspective (which was YSPL's principal emphasis), YSPL's case is superficially attractive when the categories of impugned conduct are described at a high level of abstraction, and accumulated. YSPL said that given the sphere of activity of Plus International was relatively confined, excluding Yelland from email access, access to records and access to staff, amounted to almost a total exclusion from the affairs of Plus International. However, on closer examination it is apparent that by the incidents on which it relies, YSPL did not establish whether or how it was unable to participate in the affairs of Plus International in any particular respect, including through the discharge of any duties by Yelland as a director, which position he continues to hold. YSPL might have sought to demonstrate the effect of the impugned conduct in various ways in respect of the period since November 2017, but it did not do so. It sought in effect to establish that its participation in the affairs of Plus International had been unfairly impeded by inference, in reliance on the very fact of the absence of company email account and by the direction to Yelland not to contact staff, and as though asking rhetorically, 'how could YSPL fairly participate in the affairs of Plus International if Yelland did not have a company email account and could not speak to its staff?'. As discussed further below, I do not consider that YSPL has established that the conduct the subject of its claim had the effect it claims.
226 Considered from the perspective of the company, I accept that the 'no contact' directions in respect of staff, and the direction to Yelland not to attend the company's premises, were intended to exclude Yelland communicating with, and being in the presence of, staff. However, I do not consider that those actions were commercially unfair in the relevant sense, or that reasonable directors in the position of Strunz and Briggs would not have taken the steps they took. There was, in all the circumstances, reasonable commercial justification for their actions.
227 YSPL relied upon four communications between Yelland and Plus staff, none of which established that it or Yelland was being prevented from accessing the books and records of Plus International either at all or in a way that impeded Yelland from carrying out his duties as a director or in any other way that prejudiced the participation of YSPL in the affairs of Plus.
(a) First, Yelland emailed employees Felicity Griffin and Amy McArthur on 28 and 29 November 2017 asking for 'the monthly financial reports for October' and, 'When are the board meetings? I haven't received an invitation'. At that time, YSPL was still a shareholder of the principal Plus entities. The communications do not establish that the requests pertained to Plus International or that even if they did, YSPL or Yelland were denied access to relevant records.
(b) Second, Yelland emailed McArthur on 15 June 2018 in the following terms:
Hi Amy,
Who do you work for?
Do you work for Plus International?
Has Plus International commissioned you to do work for us?
Regards
Craig Yelland
Director
Plus International
It was submitted that this email evidenced that Yelland could 'no longer determine who was employed by Plus International and who was employed only by the Plus trading entities'. By a resolution made on 31 January 2018, the employees of Plus International were transferred to Plus Melbourne, a fact of which Yelland was aware. The communication with McArthur does not establish in any respect that YSPL or Yelland were excluded from the affairs of Plus International, and cannot seriously be characterised as a request for access to the records of Plus International. As discussed below, Yelland was asked not to contact McArthur. YSPL did not seek to establish that a communication with McArthur was necessary in order for it to have adequate access to YSPL's records, or that it sought the information by other means.
(c) Third, YSPL relied upon an email from Yelland to McArthur (copied to Strunz and Briggs) of 8 February 2018, which read as follows:
Hi Amy,
Please send me the termination notices and payout figures for each of the Plus International staff that have been terminated.
I maintain that you are in breach of the unitholder agreement by doing this. You have done this as a de facto director of Plus International.
Yours sincerely
Craig Yelland.
Yelland's interactions with McArthur more generally are discussed below. YSPL did not establish by this email that it had been denied access to Plus International's books or records. The necessity of making this particular request to McArthur for that purpose was not established. YSPL did not seek to establish that it had sought the information requested by any other means, or that it was ultimately deprived of information concerning the staff of Plus International, to which it was entitled.
(d) Fourth, YSPL relied upon a request made by Yelland to McArthur on 17 June 2018 to 'Please provide me with a copy of all invoices paid from Plus WA to Plus International and all invoice [sic] that Plus WA has paid to Plus Melbourne'. The request was responded to and the documents provided.
228 A director has both a common law right to inspect documents of the company and a statutory right under s 290 of the Corporations Act which requires the company to make its financial records available in writing at all reasonable times for inspection by any director. YSPL did not establish that it or Yelland had been denied access to the records of the company.
229 Yelland had access to a 'Plus' email account until his termination from the Principal Plus Entities. The account was not limited to use in respect of Plus International but was a general company account, of the kind used by staff within the Plus businesses. The account was disabled on or shortly after 2 November 2017, at which time his outlook calendar was also disabled. The defendants said that they considered it appropriate to terminate the account because Yelland was no longer an employee after 2 November 2017. Shortly put, although I accept that it may have caused Yelland some inconvenience, YSPL did not establish that Yelland no longer having access to that email address prevented him or impeded him in any specific way from carrying out his duties as a director of Plus International or that it had the effect of YSPL being unable to participate or be represented in the affairs of Plus International.
230 Before January 2018 the registered office of Plus International was shared with Plus Melbourne. After his termination on 2 November 2017 Yelland was directed not to attend the premises of the Plus Entities, which premises included the office of Plus International. Strunz and Briggs issued those directions because of concerns about Yelland's conduct towards staff, their view that if he did attend the premises he would have a disruptive effect because of the dispute between them, and because they did not consider that he needed to have access to the premises for business-related reasons.
231 On 6 November 2017, the solicitors for Plus wrote to Yelland's solicitors stating that if Yelland 'attends or attempts to attend the premises of the Plus Entities, he will be appropriately removed'. The Plus entities the subject of that correspondence were Plus Melbourne, Plus Brisbane and Plus Sydney.
232 On 21 December 2017, Yelland told Strunz, Briggs, McArthur and Liew by email that he would be attending the Plus Melbourne office the following day to 'review the December invoices and go through the forecasts for Sydney, Brisbane and Melbourne'. He also said that he wanted to 'go through the forecasts' with McArthur. Briggs (copied to Strunz and Liew) replied to Yelland that same day, saying relevantly:
You are not required to attend the Melbourne Plus Architecture/Plus International office. If you wish to communicate, there is an established method through our legal representatives to do so. You are not welcome due to you [sic] demonstrable inability to conduct yourself in a manner that is expected of a Plus Director. If you do enter the office uninvited, you will be asked to leave for the protection of staff and for the protection of the legal process we are partaking in.
You are also not invited to the Plus Melbourne staff Christmas party. It is for employees of Plus Melbourne only. ... If you attempt to attend, you will be asked to leave immediately the vicinity of the party.
233 Yelland did in fact attend the Plus Melbourne/Plus International office on 2 December and was given various documents. Strunz, as he explained it, 'spent the whole morning with [Yelland] so as to prevent him from walking into the main office where the rest of the staff were'. Strunz felt distressed by Yelland's attendance and sought legal advice on how to appropriately deal with the situation to prevent disruption to the rest of the staff. Yelland's dealings with McArthur are discussed below. McArthur left the office via the fire escape when she saw that Yelland was present at the office. Liew's evidence was that Yelland's appearance in the office that day caused 'a very uneased atmosphere'. I accept that the concerns of the directors in relation to Yelland's interactions with Plus staff, and their desire to avoid Yelland attending the premises where staff were working, were well-founded.
234 On 23 January 2018, Liew sent the following text message to Briggs and Strunz:
Guys, Amy has left for the day. After reading Ian's email and the point about CY will sue Amy as well if she's still call a director, she's very shaken. ... she said she can't do it nor take it anymore. And it's not worth it. It's just a job. ... Honestly I feel she's had it. She willing to walk away from this job. Not sure what else can put her mind at ease, I did suggest we terminate her immediately from Plus International.
235 On 24 January 2018, a notice of general meeting for Plus International was circulated, proposing that at a meeting to be held on 31 January 2018 by telephone, resolutions would be considered to change the registered office and principal place of business of Plus International to an office in Collins Street, Melbourne, to transfer the employment of all existing employees of Plus International to Plus Melbourne, and to enter into arrangements with Plus Melbourne to provide the services previously undertaken by the employees. Yelland was aware that a meeting had been called for that purpose but chose not to attend. He sent a letter the day before the meeting expressing his disagreement with the proposed resolutions but did not seek to exercise his right to vote at the meeting in person or by proxy, as he was permitted to do under the unitholders agreement.
236 The proposal and passing of those resolutions were not the subject of YSPL's pleaded claim but were referred to in its submissions. As a matter of practicality, the transfer of staff of Plus International to Plus Melbourne had the effect, in the circumstances, that Yelland was prevented from dealing with those staff in person.
237 YSPL did not lead any evidence concerning any subsequent attempt by Yelland to attend the new premises of Plus International. More significantly, YSPL did not establish that any inability to access the premises of Plus International had in any particular way precluded Yelland from exercising his duties as a director or impeded YSPL's participation in the affairs of Plus International.
238 YSPL's pleaded claim did not concern Yelland's access to Plus International staff, but its final submissions referred to the fact that directions had been made to Yelland not to contact any Plus employees and that staff had been transferred from Plus International to Plus Melbourne.
239 As noted above, on the question of the transfer of staff from Plus International to Plus Melbourne, Yelland had the opportunity to participate in the decision, but had declined to do so. As to the effect of that decision, as the defendants submitted, it was not established that the transfer was in any way detrimental to Plus International, whose activities were limited to the conduct of the duties of trustee of a unit trust whose activities were not for profit, in circumstances where it was not intended to make a profit on the provision of any services rendered to the other Plus entities (those facts were not in contest). Separately, I accept that a legitimate concern was the protection of Plus International staff. Accordingly, I consider that the decision was commercially justified.
240 As to its effect on YSPL, YSPL did not establish that a direction to Yelland to refrain from contacting employees of Plus International, or the transfer of staff to Plus Melbourne which practically speaking, largely severed Yelland's access to those staff (although did not in fact prevent him later contacting them by email), caused it to suffer prejudice in relation to the affairs of Plus International.
241 YSPL did not establish, or indeed seek to establish by any evidence, that the performance of Yelland's duties as director or the participation of YSPL in the affairs of Plus International required that Yelland instruct staff or conduct the day to day management of the business.
242 The direction issued to Yelland in relation to Plus International staff was issued specifically in the context of his engagements with McArthur, which demonstrated the necessity and appropriateness of those arrangements.
243 The subject of Yelland's relationships with directors and staff, prior to his termination, is dealt with earlier in these reasons. The actions of the Plus International directors the subject of the oppression claim in relation to Plus International occurred after Yelland's termination from the Principal Plus Entities, and occurred in the context of his dealings with staff in the post-termination period.
244 The first such incident occurred directly after the passing of the Termination Resolutions on 2 November 2017. McArthur recorded in her handwritten notes:
Threat To Sue
On the day the resolutions were passed to exit CY, he approached me at my desk. CY sat on my desk and leaned over me in a threatening way. After telling me to do a bunch of things, he leant in a little closer to say "As a friend I advised you to drop the word director from your title because I'd hate to have to sue you. And you should know the requirements of the Corporations Act now that you have your MBA".
Imediatley [sic] after the exchange I had to do a staff review, from which I excused myself to collect myself in the bathroom.
Post this day I have received a number of emails and text messages from CY, all of them having a significant effect on my mental health.
245 Yelland was cross-examined about that incident, in the following exchange:
Robins QC: Do you recollect going to Ms McArthur's workstation, leaning over her, and saying in a threatening manner, 'I'm going to sue you too.', or words to that effect?
Witness (Yelland): No.
Robins QC: And did you add, 'As a friend, I advise you to drop the word "director" from your title, because I'd hate to have to sue you.' Do you remember saying something along those lines to Ms McArthur?
Witness (Yelland): Sorry, your first question was whether I did something, and my answer was, no. Your second question was then to extend on that, which I'd already said no to. So you would have to rephrase your question, Mr Robbins.
Robins QC: Answer the question, Mr Yelland. Did you say to Ms McArthur, in or about early November 2017, 'As a friend, I advise you to drop the word "director" from your title, because I'd hate to have to sue you too.'?
Witness (Yelland): Um, they're not my exact words.
Robins QC: So you said something very similar to that effect?
Witness (Yelland): I said to her that I didn't want her - I wanted her to drop the title. I recommended that she drop the title. At the time, I thought that she might get stuck up. Not that I would sue her; that she might in some way, um, be implicated in this proceeding. That was my understanding, because she was calling herself a director. She might be referred to as a de facto director, and that I didn't want her to get involved in any of this, and I calmly went to Ms McArthur, sat down next to her, and told her that I suggest she - you drop the title of director. I don't want you to be caught up in all of this. It was a friendly recommendation.
Robins QC: That was friendly, was it?
Witness (Yelland): Yes. To sit down calmly next to somebody and recommend that they change their title so that they don't get wrapped up in something inadvertently is a friendly thing to do.
...
Robins QC: Your point at that time was to try and terrify Ms McArthur, wasn't it, Mr Yelland?
Witness (Yelland): No.
Robins QC: As you'd indeed terrified Ms McArthur in the final months leading to the resolutions on 2 November 2017, didn't you, Mr Yelland?
Witness (Yelland): No.
246 McArthur's version of events was in any event corroborated by Jessica Liew whose evidence was that:
Sometime after CY's termination [Yelland] came back to the office and sat on Amy McArthur's desk. Amy and I are near each other and have desks in the same bay. CY talked to me about personal guarantees and told Amy to remove him from any guarantees of the companies. He also said to Amy that her title as a Director of Corporate Services makes her sue-able or liable. He was acting in an intimidating way and seemed to be making Amy feel uncomfortable.
247 Yelland said the following in response to that evidence:
As to paragraph 50 of the Liew Witness Statement, I deny that I sat on McArthur's desk. Rather, I pulled up a chair and discussed the matter with McArthur. What I said reflected my understanding at that time, which was that if she held herself out as a director then she may be liable to be sued in this proceeding as a de facto director. I did not say that to antagonise McArthur, but rather as a genuine word of caution.
248 YSPL's final submissions did not address this incident, save to say that Yelland had responded to these allegations in cross-examination. That submission was inconsistent with YSPL's concession, made in unambiguous terms, that McArthur's evidence should be accepted. Accepting McArthur's evidence as I do, I conclude that Yelland's version of these events involves a significant degree of reconstruction in order to re-cast plainly threatening behaviour as 'friendly' words of advice. I accept McArthur's evidence that Yelland sat near her in an intimidating manner, and threatened to sue her if she did not drop the word 'director' from her title. I do not accept this was intended to be friendly, and even if it were, no reasonable person in McArthur's position would have interpreted Yelland's words to be anything other than a threat. I accept McArthur's evidence that she was shaken after this incident.
249 Yelland compounded this behaviour by a series of text messages and emails sent to McArthur, in his capacity as a director and shareholder of Plus International, Plus WA and Plus New Zealand. Some of those communications were banal; some were threatening and on their face appeared to have been intended to cause distress to McArthur.
250 After correspondence about the blocking of Yelland's Plus email account and the transfer of staff from Plus International to Plus Melbourne, Yelland sent the email of 8 February 2018 to McArthur which is extracted above, stating that McArthur was in breach of the unitholder deed.
251 Strunz gave evidence that McArthur was particularly distressed by this message. McArthur said in her evidence that she found the email to be 'slightly threatening', in that she perceived that Yelland was threatening to sue her.
252 In cross-examination, Yelland denied that he attempted to 'terrify' Ms McArthur by that email, but rather he:
was worried that she might, in some way, in the same manner that I was worried that she might get tangled up in this thing, that she still had the title and she might, in some way, get involved in this inadvertently.
253 On 13 February 2018 at 7:57am, Yelland sent McArthur a text, which said:
Hi Amy
Just wondering why you didn't reply to me email?
Has Rainer blocked me again?
254 On 15 June 2018, Yelland emailed McArthur, saying:
Hi Amy
Who do you work for?
Do you work for Plus international?
Has Plus international commissioned you to do work for us?...
255 Yelland followed that email with a text message the following day, which said the following:
Good morning Amy
I assume Rainer and Ian still have insurance to protect themselves against personal claims for wrong doing [sic] as a director.
I was just wondering if you have a similar insurance to protect yourself?
Let me know
Craig
256 The day following that, 17 June 2018, Yelland emailed McArthur, saying:
Amy
Please provide me with a copy of all invoices paid from Plus WA to plus international.
And all invoice [sic] that Plus WA has paid to Plus Melbourne.
257 On 21 June 2018, Yelland replied to an email of 19 June 2018 which had circulated the Plus New Zealand Operations Meeting Minutes - June, saying:
I thought I had better chime in here.
Firstly, I think you would all benefit from my expertise in these matters. I continually ask that you invite me to these meetings and you continually ignore my requests. In the meantime you are at a 1% profit year to date, Jaimin is screaming for training and your answer is to get Amy to train him???
Really?
Do you not remember that we had to hire Colin to take over the forecasting because Amy never got it right?...
258 In cross-examination Yelland attempted to characterise this interaction as entirely appropriate saying that, 'I'm using this email to attack all of them because I think the way they were running New Zealand was atrocious with a profit year to date and they needed a good shake up'. McArthur, on the other hand, when asked whether those criticisms were fair and correct, said 'I didn't think that they were fair and correct, nor did I think it was fair to, um, express that opinion in an open forum'.
259 On 2 July 2018, McArthur emailed Plus's IT Department, copying Briggs and Strunz, requesting that emails from Craig Yelland to herself (and others) be blocked. Her evidence was that she did so because continued communication from Yelland was causing her distress.
260 Apart from engaging with the communications in the correspondence between Yelland and other parties during 2018, YSPL did not address in its evidence, whether and how the matters alleged had, beyond November 2017, had the effect that Yelland was unable to properly discharge his duties as a director of Plus International, which on its case was put as impeding his representation of YSPL's interests as a unitholder of the Plus International Unit Trust.
261 I reject YSPL's claim in respect of Plus International.
262 Furthermore, the difficulties with YSPL's attempt to value Plus International are discussed in Part E.7 below.
Part C - Breach of Contract Claims
Issue 3: Did the relevant defendants breach the shareholders' agreements by purporting to terminate Yelland and then acquiring YSPL's shares at the price paid? As to the shareholders agreements: were the directors, as opposed to the members of the relevant Plus entities, empowered to terminate Yelland's appointment as a director? Which of Yelland's resignation (resulting in the application of the schedule 2A valuation provisions) or the Termination Resolutions (resulting in the application of the schedule 2B discount) took effect? Was the value of shares in Plus Melbourne, Sydney or Brisbane determined by the members of each of those entities as required by the relevant shareholders' agreements?
263 YSPL emphasised that its primary case was in oppression, in which breach of contract was only one integer, and not a necessary integer. However, it maintained a case in contract, alongside and sharing many of the elements of its primary case, which alleged that the conduct of the defendants in terminating Yelland involved breaches of the Plus companies' constitutions and shareholders agreements. This case had two limbs: first, that either because the Plus directors lacked the power to terminate one of their own, or because of the proper construction of the shareholders agreement, Yelland resigned before being terminated, and so YSPL was entitled to a more generous payment for its shares on his departure than was in fact given; these arguments are dealt with in this part. Secondly, that whatever the basis of Yelland's departure, the defendants had failed to undertake the form of valuation of YSPL's shares required under the shareholders agreement, and that the valuation on which they had proceeded was inadequate and uncommercial; this argument is dealt with in part D.
264 As set out above, on 11 October 2017 notices of a directors meeting to be held on 2 November 2017 were served for each of the Principal Plus Entities. The notices proposed resolutions as follows:
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following Ordinary Resolutions (as that term is defined in the shareholders deed dated December 2014, being a resolution approved at a director's meeting by at least 65% of the votes of all of the directors of the Company (whether or not all present and entitled to vote on the resolution).
To remove Craig Yelland as a director of the Company;
To terminate Craig Yelland's employment as a director of the Company;
To remove Craig Yelland from the position of Company Secretary; and
To update the ASIC register within 28 days of the changes set out in the resolutions.
265 On 12 October 2017 Yelland wrote to his fellow directors of each of the Principal Plus Entities, in the following terms:
Pursuant to clause 10(a) of the Shareholders Agreement ... I hereby resign as a Director of the company. Please accept this correspondence as confirmation of that resignation on 3 months' notice, the minimum notice period required under the Agreement. I look forward to speaking with you regarding the valuation of my shares and credit loan accounts so that my exit from Plus Architecture ... can be finalised.
266 On 2 November 2017 the directors meetings occurred as proposed, and the Termination Resolutions were passed in each case.
267 The relevant provisions of the Shareholders Agreements are set out in Annexure 1 to these reasons. As noted earlier, they were for relevant purposes materially identical.
C.1 Which took effect first - Yelland's termination or his resignation?
268 The shareholders agreements governing the affairs of the Principal Plus Entities recognised the relationships between the shareholders and the individuals who controlled them. In Plus Melbourne, companies controlled by Strunz, Briggs and Yelland held shares, and those individuals were designated 'associated directors' to signify their relationships with their 'nominated shareholders'. The consequences for a departing director's nominated shareholder's shares varied according to the circumstances of the director's departure. Where a director voluntarily resigned, the shares held by the director's nominated shareholder were to be valued on a more generous basis (under schedule 2A) than if the director was terminated (under schedule 2B, where a discount would apply). On YSPL's breach of contract case, the central issue in dispute was whether Yelland's directorship had come to an end by his voluntary resignation, or by his termination by the Termination Resolutions.
269 The basis on which a departing director's nominated shareholder's shares were to be valued was determined by the SHA in the following way:
(a) Clause 10(c) provides that where a director resigns, is required to resign, is terminated as a director of the company, dies or suffers a total and permanent disability, their nominated shareholder shall be deemed to have served a transfer notice in respect of their shares, which cannot be withdrawn. Accordingly, whether the correct conclusion was that Yelland resigned with effect from 12 October 2017 or that he was terminated on 2 November 2017, YSPL was in either case deemed to have served a notice of transfer.
(b) Clause 11(c) provides that if a transfer notice is given or deemed to have been given, the value of the shares (for a transfer to another party or a buy-back of shares by the company) is to be determined in accordance with schedule 2A or schedule 2B. The schedules also apply where a shareholder has served a transfer notice because it wishes to sell some or all of its shares, and not just where a notice is deemed to have been served because a shareholder's associated director has resigned, died or is terminated.
(c) Schedule 2A applies where a director has died or is totally and permanently disabled and also where a director's resignation 'arises due to clause 10(a)' or 'satisfies the requirements of clause 10(a) and ... does not arise due to clause 10(b), or any other default or non-compliance with [the shareholders agreement]'[53] and accordingly, a shareholder 'does not have an associated director'.[54]
(d) Where a director dies or is totally and permanently disabled, the value of the shareholder's shares is the value of the amount payable under an insurance policy maintained by the company. Where the director's resignation has arisen under clause 10(a), the value of the shares is to be an amount 'determined annually by unanimous resolution of the shareholders'. Failing a unanimous resolution the relevant amount is to be determined by a suitable firm of independent accountants agreed to by a unanimous shareholders' resolution, or, failing that, by a suitable independent expert nominated by the Institute of Arbitrators and Mediators, and in accordance with the Institute of Arbitrators and Mediators Australia expert determination rules.
(e) Schedule 2B applies in all cases where schedule 2A does not. The value of the shares in that case is to be 70% of the value 'as determined by unanimous resolution of the shareholders' (or by the other methods as noted above).
270 The parties were agreed that the application of schedule 2A or 2B turned on whether Yelland's resignation had taken effect in accordance with clause 10(a) by 2 November 2017, the date of the November Resolutions. If the resignation the subject of the 12 October 2017 letters had taken effect by then, the resignation would have arisen due to clause 10(a) and hence schedule 2A would apply. If not, schedule 2B would apply.
271 YSPL contended that by the act of giving notice by delivery of letters on 12 October 2017, Yelland's resignation was immediately effective for the purpose of attracting the operation of clause 10(c). That being so, the contractual consequences of voluntary resignation necessarily and immediately followed, namely a compulsory transfer of YSPL's shares by a deemed Transfer Notice, and at a value to be determined in accordance with schedule 2A. YSPL said that it was the giving of notice (as in the delivery of a notice, in Yelland's case, on 12 October 2017) that triggered the operation of clause 10(a) (and in turn, clause 11(c) and schedule 2A), not the service of time during the notice period. On YSPL's case, by the time the directors purported to terminate Yelland as a director on 2 November 2017, the contractual consequences of the voluntary resignation had already been triggered and no step that could be taken by the directors could change that result. As YSPL put it, by 2 November 2017 the horse had already bolted.
272 YSPL accepted that Yelland's resignation would take effect for all other purposes upon the expiry of the three month notice period, which he had identified in his 12 October 2017 letters.[55] YSPL said it was unnecessary to consider whether the delivery of a notice of resignation by a director was an 'abdication' of the director's position as director.
273 The defendants contended that the resignation did not take effect immediately upon the giving of notice but would take effect upon the expiration of the three months' notice period. Until that time Yelland was still a director, subject to the shareholders agreements and the power reposed in the directors to resolve to terminate his position. On 2 November 2017, Yelland was still a director. Once the Termination Resolutions had passed, the consequences set out in the shareholders agreements for the transfer and valuation of shares consequent upon a director departing by reason of termination, applied.
274 The principles to be applied to the construction task are as follows:
(a) The object of construing a written contract is to determine and give effect to the common intention of the parties ascertained from the words of the contract,[56] by determining what the language and conduct of one party would have led a reasonable person in the position of the other party to believe.[57]
(b) The objective meaning of a provision of a contract is determined by reference to its text read in light of its context and purpose having regard to any extrinsic evidence which is admissible for the purpose of interpretation.[58]
(c) The natural meaning of the language used must be given its effect unless, upon proper application of any relevant rules of interpretation, a contrary intention is found to be contained within the contract.[59]
(d) Similar, even identical words, however, do not necessarily have the same meaning in different contexts.[60] As Holmes J said eloquently in Towne v Eisner:
A word is not a crystal, transparent and unchanged, it is the skin of a living thought and may vary greatly in colour and content according to the circumstances and the time in which it is used.[61]
(e) The meaning of particular words in a contract must be determined in light of the context provided by the contract as a whole and the circumstances in which it was made.[62] The whole of the contract has to be considered since the meaning of any one part of it may be revealed by other parts and the words of every clause must, if possible, be construed so as to render them all harmonious with one another.[63] The need to consider the whole contract reflects the general proposition that words take their meaning from the context in which they are found.
(f) A corollary of the principle that each part of a document must be construed in relation to the other parts, is that effect must be given to each part the document. A court will strain against an interpretation that renders parts of a contract ineffective unless it is impossible to reconcile conflicting parts.[64]
(g) Words and expressions in a commercial contract should be given a 'business sense', that is, the sense which a reasonable business person in the context of the contract would give them.[65] Unless contrary intention is indicated, a court is entitled to approach the task of interpreting a commercial contract on the assumption that the parties intended to produce a commercial result. A commercial contract should be construed so as to avoid making commercial nonsense or working commercial inconvenience.[66]
275 For the reasons that follow, I reject the plaintiff's construction and consider that Yelland's resignation had not taken effect by 2 November 2017. The effect of the Termination Resolutions was to attract the operation of schedule 2B of the shareholders agreements, which governed how the value of YSPL's shares was to be determined. YSPL's 'fallback' position was that, if it was wrong and Yelland was required to serve out three months' notice before his resignation took effect, then the Termination Resolutions themselves were invalid, because the resolutions were made by the directors, but the power to terminate a director was reposed in the shareholders. That part of YSPL's case is considered later.
Any director upon giving the minimum notice set out in item [13[67]] to the Company [namely 3 calendar months] may resign as a Director of the Company.
On the express terms of cl 10(a) a director is taken to have resigned upon giving the requisite notice. There is nothing in that clause to suggest that a director must serve the notice period before his or her resignation is effective.
278 As noted earlier, YSPL focused on the effect of the giving of notice of resignation for the purposes of triggering the operation of clause 10(c). YSPL's case was that a director would be regarded as having resigned for the purposes of triggering the deemed transfer notice provisions but for all other purposes, be considered to be serving out notice in respect of a resignation that would not take effect until the end of the notice period.
279 YSPL advanced little by way of textual analysis of relevant parts of the shareholder agreement, and founded its construction on the words, 'upon giving' the minimum notice.
280 It was implicit that YSPL read the word, 'upon', within clause 10(a), as connoting, indeed requiring, a temporal relationship between the giving of notice and the resignation taking effect. It was also necessary on YSPL's construction to distinguish between the giving of notice and the service of notice. By service in this context YSPL meant the continuation of the directorial appointment until the expiration of the nominated time. The expression 'serving out notice' might be employed to distinguish that concept from the service of a notice by delivery of a document. YSPL sought to achieve that result by fastening upon the word, 'giving' in clause 10(a), which it sought to distinguish from 'serving', meaning 'serving out', notice.
281 It was apparent then, that YSPL construed the requirement in clause 10(a) ('giving the minimum notice') as being limited to the formal announcement by the director by the act of delivering notice to the Company, as one might deliver a letter. Hence, what Yelland did on 12 October by the delivery of his letters, effected his resignation. The resignation having taking effect on the 'giving' of notice, Yelland had by that act 'resigned', and the consequences provided for in clause 10(c) followed. As counsel for YSPL put it, the shareholders agreement provides 'the date of the deemed notice [of transfer] being instant upon the giving of notice of resignation'.
282 The difficulty with YSPL's construction was that by training its focus narrowly on those words, it did not construe clause 10(a) as a whole, or in its broader contractual context.
283 I accept that in some or even in many contexts a requirement to 'give notice' might be discharged by the delivery of a statement of the relevant fact or intention. However, in this context, reading the requirement to give notice in that way does not take account of the language of the whole expression, which must be read together with item 13 of schedule 1, which reads, 'Minimum notice for a Director's voluntary resignation - 10(a) - 3 calendar months'. The giving of notice then, within clause 10(a), is defined temporally. To comply with clause 10(a) (so as to effect a voluntary resignation and its attendance consequences) a director was not simply required to deliver a notice of his intent to resign or a statement that he has thereby resigned; he was required to give the minimum 3 calendar months' notice.
284 YSPL's construction of clause 10(a) renders the specification of a three month period meaningless. It gives it no work to do. When pressed, YSPL's counsel said that the purpose of the requirement to give three months' notice was so that the company could make necessary arrangements including replacing the director. The point need only be stated to reveal its limitations. The giving of notice would be ineffective to afford the company a period within which to effect such arrangements if the relationship with the departing director has already come to an end. YSPL did not otherwise grapple with the meaning of 'giving the minimum notice', or with whether a director was, by reference to the stipulated period, required to serve notice at all. On YSPL's reading, the service of notice or, differently put, the running of the three month period, could only occur after the director had resigned. When regard is had to the wider contractual context it is apparent that the service of notice is implicit in the very reason for giving it; giving notice of three calendar months without having to serve it, is to not give notice at all. It prompts the question, 'giving notice of what?', to which there was no apparent answer.
285 The inherent difficulty in this construction was recognised by YSPL seeking to draw a distinction between the effect of delivery of a notice of resignation for the purposes of triggering clause 10(c), and for all other purposes. But no justification for that differentiation was advanced, and nor is any apparent from the text or context of the shareholders agreement.
286 Separately, in contrast to clause 10(a), clause 10(b) dealt with compulsory resignation. Clause 10(b) employed this language:
A Director shall resign as a Director effective immediately where, following a[n] Ordinary Resolution, written notice is served upon them requiring them to resign because [of one of the reasons stated in sub-clauses (i)-(ix)] (emphasis added).
287 As the defendants submitted, when clauses 10(a) and 10(b) are read together, they disclose the parties' intention to distinguish between a forced resignation which takes effect immediately (where the Company is entitled to require a resignation because one of the specified conditions has been met), and a voluntary resignation that does not take effect until the expiry of the specified period. Both sub-clauses 10(a) and 10(b) speak of resignation (a director 'may resign'; a director 'shall resign') and both should be understood in the same way - namely as the ending of the director's appointment, and not as the mere act of giving notice or invoking a transfer notice.
288 There are then, strong contextual indicators against the plaintiff's construction of clause 10(a).
289 The defendants' answer to the plaintiff's construction was straightforward. Clause 10(a) required notice to be given. It must be read with clause 23, the full text of which is set out in Annexure 1, but which relevantly provides, 'notices take effect from the time they are received (or deemed to have been received), unless a later time is specified'. By item 13 of schedule 1, a later time was specified. That item was expressed in terms of 'minimum notice for a director's voluntary resignation' but its effect was to specify that a notice of resignation would take effect three months after it was given. Accordingly, Yelland's resignation would not take effect, for any purpose, until January 2018.
290 I can see no error in the defendant's contention. If, as YSPL contended, the giving of notice was to be read as denoting the act of delivery of a statement by the director that he had resigned or would resign (the delivery of a notice) then the defendants' point is an answer to the plaintiff's construction. Reference to clause 23, which concerns communications by way of notice, is what permits clause 10(a) to operate in a way that gives meaning to the minimum period, the temporal aspect of the giving of notice. Reading clause 10(a) with its incorporated reference to item 13, together with clause 23, Yelland's notice of resignation delivered on 12 October 2017 was not to take effect until January 2018. YSPL's case did not respond to or accommodate the operation of clause 23.
291 Returning to the language of clause 10(a), the same result may be reached even without recourse to clause 23. Because it has a temporal element, the requirement to give notice should not be read as stipulating that on the delivery of a notice of resignation (a point in time act), the resignation takes effect. What must be given is 'the minimum notice set out' (i.e., 3 months' notice), not notice, or a notice. Clause 10(a) does not read, for example, 'any director, upon delivering a written notice of resignation to the company, is taken to have resigned as a director'. Rather, it reads, 'any director, upon giving the minimum notice set out in item [13] to the company, may resign as a director'. YSPL's construction required a contortion of the natural sense of the language in order to reach the construction, 'a director is taken to have resigned upon giving the requisite notice'. YSPL's construction was a statement of conclusion reflecting an assumption that giving notice and serving out a period of notice must be distinguished, and that the word 'upon' must have been used in the temporal sense discussed.
292 I accept that where one event or circumstance is said to occur 'upon' another, the intended meaning may be that one event is taken to occur at the same time as, or immediately after the other. However, the word 'upon', may also be used as a conditional preposition, connoting that something will occur if something else occurs. That usage is in my view more consistent with the use of the word 'may', in clause 10(a) (a director, upon giving the minimum notice, may resign), and with the broader contractual context.
293 A natural reading of the clause is that it sets out what is required in order for a director to voluntarily resign. The director must notify the company of his intention and must give three calendar months' notice. Then, once the condition specified by the clause has been met (the serving out of three months' notice), the director will have resigned. At that point, the consequences set out in clause 10(c) will come into effect.
294 Finally, reading the clause as stipulating that a voluntary resignation, with its attendant benefits (payment for transferred shares at the full valuation) requires the giving and serving out of notice, is a more commercially sensible reading than that advanced by YSPL. Fundamentally, that is because YSPL's construction strips the notice period of any practical operation. As noted earlier, YSPL sought to avoid that consequence by seeking to read the giving of notice under clause 10(a) as operating differently for the purposes of clause 10(c), than for any other purpose. But there was no justification for reading clause 10 in that way. The commercial bargain struck between the shareholders was that where a director voluntarily resigns, his or her controlled shareholder must transfer its shares but will be entitled to be paid for those shares without a discount being applied to the calculated value for the shares. A voluntary resignation is thus treated differently from a director's leaving in other circumstances, where a discount is applied (leaving aside a valuation required by a director's death or disablement). But the quid pro quo is that the director is required to provide three months' notice.
295 Those notice arrangements reflect common commercial practice. A person who gives notice of an intention to end a contract is nonetheless bound by that contract until they in fact end it. The notice and the termination are not one and the same, even if they may occur together and one ordinarily leads inextricably to the other. The reasons for recognising an effective distinction between notice and notified termination are several. The most important is that the obligation on a party to provide notice of their intention to terminate a contract, and particularly a contract of service, is a valuable right for the notified party. Notice allows that party to make arrangements for the loss of the other party's services, including by going out into the market for replacements, or, in the case of directors, entering negotiations to effect the departure, whether by implementing competition and confidentiality controls, negotiating releases of liability incurred while acting for the company, or effecting the divestiture of shares.[68]
296 That is only to say that the textual analysis of the shareholders agreement as set out above is consistent with the well understood commercial function of notice periods, and this supports, rather than dictates or determines, the conclusion that a reasonable business person can be taken to have read clause 10 in the manner discussed.
297 Separately, on YSPL's construction, the carefully expressed regime for the valuation of a departing director's shares could be subverted at any time by a director, whose tenure is the subject of a proposed termination, delivering a notice of resignation. The shareholders agreement conferred on the company the means of terminating a director (clause 17.1) (subject to YSPL's argument, below) or requiring a director to resign (clause 10(b)). In either case an ordinary resolution was required, meaning a resolution of the board, approved at a directors meeting on a 65% majority vote.[69] Upon receiving notice of a proposed resolution an affected director could defeat the process by delivering a notice of resignation (as YSPL alleges occurred here). If YSPL's construction were accepted, that could occur any time a termination or forced resignation was proposed, with the effect that the director would enjoy access to the more generous provisions of schedule 2A, regardless of the circumstances. YSPL accepted that were clause 10(a) read according to its construction, that would be the result, but said that that was the consequence required by the language of the clause. That reading is an uncommercial one, compared with its alternatives. Once again, the fact that a possible construction would be uncommercial does not of itself determine the proper construction, but regard to the consequences of YSPL's construction supports the textual analysis set out earlier.
298 For those reasons, I reject YSPL's construction, which was not required by the language of clause 10(a) and was only sustainable if words in that clause were read a-contextually. It did not reflect a harmonious reading of the contract as a whole and was not commercially sensible. The alternative construction, that a director's voluntary resignation did not take effect until the expiry of the three month notice period, was not burdened with those vices. The consequence is that, provided the Termination Resolutions were effective, they engaged clauses 10(c) and 11(c) and in turn, schedule 2B.
299 YSPL's pleaded case was that the power to remove directors was reserved to the members of the respective companies in general meeting and was not exercisable by the directors. It was common ground that the members of the Principal Plus Entities did not pass or purport to pass any resolution in respect of Yelland's directorship and that the Termination Resolutions were made by the directors of each entity. On YSPL's case they were accordingly, invalid. The defendants said that the Termination Resolutions had been validly passed by an exercise of the power conferred on the directors of the relevant entities by clause 17.2 of the SHA. YSPL did not advance any submissions in closing in support of this aspect of its case, but did not withdraw it.
300 YSPL's argument was put this way: in respect of each of the Principal Plus Entities the company constitutions reserved to the members the power to remove directors. The shareholders agreements, on the other hand, provided that the company must not make a decision to terminate a director without a resolution made by the directors. The shareholders agreements also provided that in the event of any inconsistency with the company's constitution or any other agreement between the parties, the SHA was to prevail. In this case, there was no inconsistency. The provision of the constitution and shareholders agreement in each case concerning the removal of directors were to operate side by side with the effect that in order to remove a director, resolutions by both the shareholders and the directors were required.
301 For the following reasons I reject YSPL's contention that the directors of the Principal Plus Entities lacked power to pass the Termination Resolutions.
302 The argument requires consideration of the operation of both the company constitutions and the shareholders agreements. It is convenient to start with the constitutions.
303 I accept YSPL's submission that the company constitutions in each case reserved to the members of the company the power to remove a director.
304 In respect of Plus Melbourne, the constitution distributed decision making authority in respect of particular matters, between 'the company' (meaning the members) and the board (the directors). For example, the board was empowered to allot shares[70] and before doing so must make a pro-rata offer to existing shareholders;[71] the board could issue shares without complying with the pro-rata offer requirement but only if authorised by the Company, by resolution passed at a general meeting.[72]
305 Clause 77 of the Plus Melbourne constitution provided that, 'the board may exercise all of the powers of the Company except any powers that the Law or this constitution requires the Company to exercise in general meeting'. In respect of directors, no provision of the Act required the power to remove a director to be exercised by the members.[73] However, the constitution specifically conferred on members the power to remove a director. It provided that:
(a) The number of directors was to be not less than one nor more than seven, 'unless determined by the Company in general meeting';[74]
(b) The board has power at any time to appoint any person to be a director (either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional director but without exceeding the total number of directors fixed by the constitution);[75] and
(c) 'The Company may by resolution remove any director and may by resolution appoint any person as a director' (subject to the provisions limiting the number of directors).[76] That rule reflected s 203C of the Corporations Act.
306 Those clauses make clear that the power to remove a director (in contrast to the power of appointment) was conferred on the company and not on the directors.
307 The defendants submitted that by virtue of clause 77 and despite clause 70, the directors could exercise the power to remove a director because it was not a power that the company was required by the constitution to exercise 'in general meeting' (and therefore did not fall within the exception to clause 77); rather, it was only a decision that the company was empowered to exercise 'by resolution'. The company was empowered to make written resolutions without a meeting in the manner prescribed by clause 44, which reflected s 249A(2) of the Act. In my view, the distinction drawn by the defendants between the company making a decision 'by resolution' and 'in general meeting' was, in this context, erroneous.
308 The constitutions provide, in the orthodox way, that decision making by the company (meaning the members as distinct from the board) is to occur by the passing of resolutions at properly convened general meetings.[77] It is true that the constitutions (and the Corporations Act) specifically provide a means by which resolutions may be passed in writing, without the convening of a meeting. However, in each case, the decision was to be by members' resolution.
309 I accept that in some contexts, for some purposes, it might be appropriate to distinguish between a power to make a decision by circular resolution (in writing, unanimously agreed) and a power to make a decision by resolution at a meeting of shareholders. However, in this context, if the description in clause 77, of the powers required to be exercised by the company ('in general meeting') is read as distinguishing between powers exercised by the members passing a resolution at a general meeting and powers exercised by the members passing a written resolution in accordance with clause 44, the effect of clause 77 would be to create two classes of powers exercisable by the members. On that reading, unless a power was required to be exercised at a general meeting and not permitted to be made by written resolution, it may be exercised by the directors. I can see no support in the constitution as a whole for drawing that distinction between members resolutions made in writing and those made at a general meeting. Reading clauses 77 and 44 together in that way is also, in this context, inconsistent with the purpose of clause 44, which is facilitative. It supplies a procedure by which a resolution may be passed by members without a meeting, by requiring instead that the resolution be in writing, signed and unanimous. By operation of s 249A(6) of the Act the passage of such a resolution satisfies any requirement of a company's constitution or the Act that the resolution be passed at a general meeting. The effect of clause 44 then, is to facilitate the passing of resolutions by the company's members in writing, which are to take effect as though they had been passed at a general meeting. That being so, it is difficult to discern in clause 77 an intention to treat differently members resolutions passed at a general meeting and members resolutions passed by the procedure provided in clause 44. Read contextually, the purpose of clause 77 (which substantively reflects s 198A(2) of the Act) is to recognise that the directors may exercise all of the powers of the company but to exclude those powers conferred by the constitution on members of the company.
310 The relevant parts of the constitutions of Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane should be read in the same way. The Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane constitutions are materially the same, and are expressed in some parts differently to the Plus Melbourne constitution, but contain provisions in substantially the same terms as clauses 67, 70 and 77 of the Plus Melbourne constitution.[78]
311 Turning to the shareholders agreements (which are materially the same for each of the Principal Plus Entities), it will be seen from clause 17 that the parties agreed upon a distribution of decision making power between the members and the directors.
312 Clause 17.1 provides that issues would be sought to be determined as between the directors or the shareholders on a consensus basis and if a vote becomes necessary a director or shareholder, as the case may be, may submit a motion.
313 Clause 17.2 sets out those decisions required to be made by ordinary resolution. The clause employs a double negative ('the Company must not do, or commit to do, any of the following without an Ordinary resolution unless it is expressly required or permitted to do so under this Deed') but was positive in effect - the decisions identified may be made by the relevant decision making body provided an ordinary resolution[79] was passed, subject to the SHA otherwise expressly providing. Read in the context of clause 17 as a whole, clause 17.2 confers the particular decision making powers it lists on the directors, just as clause 17.3 confers different powers on the members.
314 Sub-paragraph (a) of clause 17.2 specified a decision in respect of directors. It read,
Directors: any decision to appoint or terminate a director or vary the terms of service (including compensation, remuneration and emoluments) of a director.
315 Clause 17.3, which was in the same form, specified those decisions required to be the subject of an ordinary shareholders resolution (meaning a resolution at a meeting of shareholders on a vote as stipulated by clause 1.1). None of those decisions concern directors.
316 The defendants submitted that providing that notice for each of the board meetings held on 2 November 2017 was properly issued (and YSPL did not contend otherwise), a simple majority of directors at each of the three meetings would suffice to pass a resolution to terminate Yelland as a director. I accept that submission.
No director of Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney or Plus Brisbane was appointed for 'life'. No prior reason was required to be given, either under the terms of the shareholders agreements or the relevant constitutions, for a resolution to terminate anyone's services as a director. Those were the fundamental terms of the shareholders' bargain agreed by each of them in writing concerning who would be a director and how long they would hold office.
318 YSPL did not seriously contest that clause 17.2, on its face, placed the decision to terminate a director in the hands of the directors, but contended that the constitution and shareholders agreements should be read together so that no director could be terminated without a resolution being passed by both the shareholders (as required by the constitution) and the directors (as required by clause 17.1 of the SHA). Read that way, there was no conflict between the documents. I reject that construction. Nowhere in either the constitutions or the shareholders agreements, is there revealed an intention to aggregate the decision making functions of the company so that a director's removal requires two resolutions - one by the members and one by the directors. There is nowhere, in respect of directors' appointments, any process of ratification of a decision of one body, by a decision of the other, or any like mechanism. YSPL's construction would render a decision of either body ineffective without a decision of the other body, notwithstanding the clear conferral of power by clause 17. If such an unwieldy mechanism were in fact contemplated, a reasonable business person would expect that it would be specified expressly. The defendants were correct to criticise that contention as textually unfounded and commercially absurd.
319 There is an inconsistency between clause 70 of the Plus Melbourne constitution (and clause 13.3 of the Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane constitutions) and clause 17.2(a) of the SHA. Clause 31.3 of the SHA resolves that inconsistency by providing that the SHA prevails to the extent of the inconsistency. Both parties conducted their cases on the basis that clause 31.3 was valid and effective, where it applies. There is accordingly no occasion to consider any legal question about the efficacy of such a clause.[80]
320 Separately, clause 10(b) of the SHA provided that a director must resign where, following an ordinary resolution, written notice is served requiring the director to resign because one of the conditions set out in that clause is satisfied. In the course of argument I raised with the parties, the relationship, if any, between clauses 17.2(a) and 10(b). YSPL did not submit that the exercise of the power under clause 17.2 was conditioned on the service of a notice requiring the director to resign, or that a termination resolution would only be effective if it fell within the conditions set out in clause 10(b). Rather, YSPL submitted that the power in the directors to terminate Yelland was found in clause 10(b), and that power had not been exercised. That the directors had not purported to exercise a power under clause 10(b) was accepted. In any case, clause 10(c) fixes the deemed service of a share transfer notice on one of several events, including where a director resigns, where a director is required under the SHA to resign, and where a director's employment as a director of the company is terminated. That is to say, in the context of clause 10(c), which is the provision on which the deemed transfer of shares turns, termination of a director is distinguished from a director's resignation, whether voluntary or forced, and is sufficient to engage clause 10(c).
321 Given the conclusions I have reached above it is unnecessary to deal with the defendant's contention (which was not developed in submissions) that if the directors (as opposed to the shareholders) did not have power to terminate Yelland, YSPL is estopped from relying on that fact, because Yelland did not object to the passing of the resolutions on the grounds of invalidity at the time, in circumstances in which the directors present and voting on the Termination Resolutions represented the entire shareholding of Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane and 95% of Plus Melbourne (Justin absent but agreeing).
Part D - Breach of Contract - AGM valuations
Issue 4 - Did the relevant defendants breach the shareholders agreements by purporting to terminate Yelland and then acquiring YSPL's shares at the price paid? That question involves these questions involving the construction of the agreements: whether the directors, as opposed to the members of the relevant Plus entities, were empowered to terminate Yelland's appointment as a director; which of Yelland's resignation (resulting in the application of the schedule 2A valuation provisions) or the Termination Resolutions (resulting in the application of the schedule 2B discount) took effect; and whether the value of shares in Plus Melbourne, Sydney or Brisbane was determined by the members of each of those entities as required by the relevant shareholders' agreements.
322 Pursuant to clause 10(c) of the SHA, when an Associated Director resigns or is terminated, their nominated shareholder is deemed to have served a notice of transfer of shares (a 'Transfer Notice'). Clause 11(c) then provides that if a Transfer Notice is deemed to have been given, the value of the shares for transfer or buy back 'will be determined in accordance with schedule 2A or schedule 2B as set out therein'.
323 The method for the determination of the value of the shares as set out in the schedules is materially identical in the case of schedules 2A and 2B, save that where schedule 2B applies, the amount payable for the shares is to be seventy percent of the value as determined. The schedules required in substance that the value of the departing shareholder's share be an amount determined annually by unanimous resolution of the shareholders, failing which it was to be determined by an independent accountant.
324 The price paid by the Principal Plus Entity shareholders for YSPL's shares was in each case calculated by reference to a value for each company that had been adopted at the relevant AGM for 2017, as recorded in the minutes for each meeting. What, if anything, was agreed at those AGMs in relation to the companies' values, and for what purpose, was in dispute.
325 YSPL accepted payment for its shares, under protest. The payments, made from January of 2018 in monthly instalments,[81] were, for each entity:
(a) $1,251,318 for the shares in Plus Melbourne;
(b) $281,774 for the shares in Plus Brisbane; and
(c) $187,626 for the shares in Plus Sydney.
326 YSPL's case was that, in breach of the SHA, the shareholders of the Principal Plus Entities failed to determine the value of YSPL's shareholding pursuant to the shareholders agreements. YSPL said that it ought to have been paid an amount in each case representing the 'genuine commercial value' of its shares, determined by the process mandated by the SHA, and that it was entitled to be paid the full amount of that value as properly determined because schedule 2A applied to the circumstances of Yelland's departure. The issues in contention in respect of the valuation of the shares were the same, whether the determination of share value ought to have been made under schedule 2A or schedule 2B. YSPL said that because the processes for valuation prescribed by the SHA had not occurred, the value of its shares should be determined by the Court on the evidence that was otherwise led for the purposes of the oppression claim. There was no dissent from the proposition that the value of YSPL's shares should be determined in that way, were the relevant defendants found to have breached the SHA.
(a) No unanimous resolutions were made at the relevant AGMs, at least not for the purposes of the schedules. The contention drew on both a process point (the process for making shareholder resolutions was not followed) and a purpose point (that circumstances would have to demonstrate that the valuation was accepted for the purposes of the schedules, and that the values agreed were intended to be used for that purpose, and they did not). Those points need to be understood together.
(b) Valuations were agreed at the AGMs but they were for a different purpose, namely obtaining insurance to facilitate the maintenance of insurance against the death or total and permanent disability of the directors (as required by clause 2(c)(ii)(A) of the SHA. In substance that clause required that insurance be obtained each year for a sum nominated by the company by way of ordinary resolution, which sum was to take into account the company's profit in the preceding year. Whilst it would be possible for a valuation to agreed or obtained for multiple purposes, it was necessary in order to fulfil the requirements set out in the schedules that the value of the shares be intentionally determined by the shareholders for the purposes of the schedules. While any resolution would not necessarily be required to make explicit reference to the schedules, the circumstances would have to demonstrate that the valuation was accepted for the purposes of the schedule. In fact, the valuations agreed at the AGMs were not within the contemplation of the meetings at the time for the purposes of determining the amount payable to a departing shareholder. There was no evidence that the agreed amounts were intended to be used for the purposes of valuing a departing shareholder's shares, or that they had ever been used in that way.
(c) Because, by the process contemplated by clause 10(c), a shareholder's property (a director's life's work) was being effectively expropriated, the schedules required a genuine commercial valuation**.** Although a commercial valuation was not expressly specified by the language of the schedules, the context required that the obligation to determine the value of the shares must be read in that way and it would be 'commercially unfair' not to do so. YSPL expressed this requirement variously - that the valuation be commercial; that it be an assessment of market value; that it be genuine; that it not be arbitrary. In his evidence, Yelland characterised the valuation exercises that had been undertaken as 'stabs in the dark', lay-person assessments undertaken to fulfil the companies' insurance related obligations. While YSPL did not contend that it was necessary for the shareholders to obtain an expert opinion as to value (unless they were relying on that part of the schedules that required an expert opinion failing a unanimous resolution, which they were not) it said that a genuine valuation process by the shareholders might have been evidenced by the provision of such material to the shareholders for their consideration in advance of the AGM. In fact, the agreed figures were simply rudimentary estimates of the companies' value, calculated by reference to 'un-normalised management accounts and an arbitrary multiplier'.
(d) Separately, YSPL said that the amounts agreed upon at the AGMs were artificially low values, that had been fixed that way for the purposes of purchasing insurance, and could not be regarded as genuine valuations for the purposes of the schedules.
(e) Although the circumstances relevant to each of Plus Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane were slightly different, the same problems bedevilled the process in each case.
(a) For each AGM there was sufficient evidence that the shareholders had determined the value of the shares by unanimous resolution (in accordance with clause 1(i) sub-clause (i) of the schedule 2A or clause 1(a) of schedule 2B). A fair reading of the minutes, coupled with the unchallenged evidence of those present, was that each of the persons present expressed approval of the valuations and recorded that in the minutes. On the question of what process was necessary, as Mr Robins QC put it, the matter needs to be before the AGM and there needs to be, at the very least, an expression of adoption and approval by each of those present. That is a sufficient approval process to constitute a 'resolution' within the broad commercial meaning of schedules 2A and 2B of the shareholders agreement, and however the process occurred at the AGMs, it was sufficient for the purposes of schedules 2A and 2B when they are read in a commercial and businesslike fashion.
(b) They accepted that the valuations agreed at the Plus Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane 2017 AGMs were undertaken, at least for Brisbane and Sydney, in part 'for the purposes of insurance', but it did not follow and nor was it the case that those valuations did not also appropriately and validly value the companies, including for the very purposes of the shareholders agreements. They were 'hybrid' or 'multipurpose' resolutions, which met the minimum requirements of clause 2(c)(ii)(A) and of schedules 2A and 2B. Save for bare references to 'insurance purposes' in the Brisbane and Sydney minutes, which references were not replicated in the valuations so adopted, there is no evidence that suggests the valuations adopted were agreed to on any basis other than they sought to appropriately value the companies, even if for several purposes, one of which included obtaining insurance.
(c) The 2017 determinations were in each case undertaken carefully in and keeping with a methodology that was understood and accepted within Plus Architecture. There was no documentary evidence suggesting that they purported to do anything other than appropriately value the company. They each occurred subsequent to Plus obtaining a valuation prepared by the Plus entities' accountant Marzano (in June 2017) and each adopted a higher multiple than the Marzano valuations.
(d) There was no basis to read the determinations as artificially low 'insurance valuations', because they were intended to fulfil the requirements of clause 2(c)(ii)(A). The purpose of the company obtaining insurance was to fairly compensate a director's family in the event that they died, and there was no reason to conclude that the directors or their nominated shareholders would seek to undervalue the amount of insurance cover that was obtained.
329 The full text of schedules 2A and 2B is set out in Annexure 1. They required, in short, that the value of a departing shareholder's shares be 'determined' by 'an amount determined annually by unanimous resolution of the Shareholders'. The following features of the valuation requirements should be noted at the outset.
(a) First, the requirement is that an amount is to be determined annually. On the face of things there might be thought to be a disconnect between the requirement that an amount in respect of the value of share be determined annually, and the fact that the determination of the value of the departing shareholder's shares (i.e. a particular parcel of shares) will occur only once, when clause 10(c) has been engaged by the service of a notice of transfer. The defendants submitted that it was not necessary for the company to reach a value as to individual shareholders' shares, annually, and that from a determination of the value of the company as a whole, the value of the shares could be ascertained. YSPL did not contend that because an individual valuation of each shareholder's shares had not occurred, the requirements of schedules 2A and 2B had not been met.
(b) Secondly, the determination of a value of the shares, by the shareholders determining the 'amount' of the value of the shares, was required. Only in the alternative, failing a unanimous shareholders resolution as to the value of the shares, was the relevant amount to be determined by a suitable independent firm of accountants, selected by a unanimous shareholders resolution, or failing that, by a suitable independent expert nominated by the Institute of Arbitrators and Mediators, and then in accordance with the Institute of Arbitrators and Mediators Australia expert determination rules.
(c) Thirdly, the amount was to be determined by unanimous resolution of the shareholders. The question of resolutions is considered below.
(d) Fourthly, the purpose of a resolution made under schedule 2A clause 1(i) sub-clause (i)[82] (the relevant clause in this case), was to provide a mechanism for the shareholders to fix on a value for the purposes of the company acquiring, by transfer or buy-back, a shareholder's shares. As YSPL emphasised, and as discussed earlier, once a director resigned or was terminated, his or her entity's shares were deemed to have been the subject of an irrevocable transfer notice, and the mechanisms prescribed by the schedules applied automatically. That could occur in circumstances like the present, where a director was leaving the company having invested a long period of his career into building the business of the company. However, by clause 11(c) the valuation mechanisms in the schedules applied in any circumstance in which a transfer notice was served or deemed to have been served, including where any shareholder wished to sell some of its shares back to the company.
(e) Fifthly, it is relevant to note that schedule 2A applied not only to the valuation of the shares of a shareholder whose associated director had resigned, but where a director dies or is permanently disabled. In that case, the value of the amount payable in respect of those shares was to be the value of the amount payable under an insurance policy maintained by the company pursuant to clause 2(c)(ii)(A) of the SHA in respect of the relevant director, and where the policy had not been maintained the value was to be determined in the same way as the value of the shares of a director resigning under clause 10(a). Clause 2(c)(ii)(A) required that the company use its best endeavours to ensure that it kept insured each of the directors against death and permanent disablement, each year 'for a sum nominated by the company by way of ordinary resolution and which takes into account the company's profit in the preceding year'.
330 It is necessary to consider the evidence in respect of Plus Melbourne, Brisbane and Sydney, separately.
331 A Plus Melbourne AGM was held on 30 August 2017. Each of the shareholders was present. The notice of AGM was in evidence. The notice set out the business of the meeting under the headings, 'Chairman's Address 2017', 'Financial Update', and 'Shareholder Resolutions'. On the subject of 'Shareholder Resolutions', the notice stated:
SHAREHOLDER RESOLUTIONS
The following matters require a shareholder resolution:
(a) Winding up
...
(i) modifying shareholder deeds.
There is currently no proposed shareholder resolution. In the event that members (shareholders) wish to put forward any resolutions, the notice must: (a) be in writing; and (b) set out the wording of the proposed resolution; and (c) be signed by the members proposing to move the resolution.
332 The notice of AGM was circulated by email sent by Amy McArthur as Director of Corporate Services to the shareholders on 8 August 2017. The email relevantly read:
At the previous AGMs we have struggled to get through all of the agenda items. This year, the Directors have agreed to hold a (sic) AGM that meets the statutory obligations of an AGM. All other strategic discussions will be scheduled at another time. Following receipt of recent legal advice, the following and attached set out appropriate process for the scheduling of an Annual General Meeting. Please find attached the following for your reference: Notice of Annual General Meeting; AGM Proxy Form.
In accordance with the shareholders agreement, Shareholders Resolutions can be made at the AGM. The following is a list of what constitutes are (sic) Shareholders Resolution:
(a) winding up;
...
(i) modifying shareholder deeds.
No Shareholders resolutions are proposed for the AGM. In the event that members (shareholders) wish to put forward any resolutions, the notice must:
(a) be in writing; and:
(b) set out the wording of the proposed resolution; and
(c) be signed by the members proposing to move the resolution.
333 The notice of AGM evinces a clear intention that shareholders resolutions would not be passed at the AGM unless any member wishing to propose a resolution gave notice in writing setting out the wording of the proposed resolution. McArthur's email of 8 August 2017 underscored that intention by stating it separately and evidenced the company's intention to follow the process set out in the notice of meeting, in respect of shareholder resolutions.
334 The minutes of the Plus Melbourne 2017 AGM relevantly read as follows:
2.6 Company Valuation Review
It was noted that the valuation is calculated by a 2.5 multiplier as per SM[83] recommendation inclusive of company tax. CJ[84] suggested it should be based on post-tax. CJ also suggested death insurance should be based on the valuation of the company, not on the amount of the insurance policy. CY[85] agreed to have the same coverage and structure as all other directors. It was agreed Step Insurance is to be added. The agreed valuation is $5,904,259 or $4,541,737 post-tax and 2.5 subject to $5m approval in particular should be inclusive of tax. It was agreed, if there is an option, it should all be post-tax. All agreed to move forward with Petro.
335 Briggs, Strunz, Yelland, Liew and McArthur gave evidence about the Plus Melbourne AMG.
336 On the question of agreement between the shareholders -
(a) The minutes recorded what was 'discussed' at the meeting, recording that certain matters were 'noted' and other matters were 'agreed'. They did not refer to any shareholders resolution. The minute at item 2.6 makes sufficiently clear that the shareholders had agreed upon a company valuation in the amounts nominated. Briggs, Strunz and Yelland each said that a value for the company was agreed at the AGM. Liew said that the Plus Melbourne valuation was tabled and agreed unanimously. That evidence was not challenged. I conclude that the value of the company was unanimously agreed by the shareholders.
(b) However, on the question of the passing of a shareholders resolution, acknowledging that the plaintiff has the onus of proving a negative proposition, the evidence is sufficient to draw the inference that no resolution of the kind described in the notice of meeting (requiring written notice of the proposed wording of the resolution signed by the member proposing it), or otherwise compliant with the Plus Melbourne constitution[86] or the shareholders agreement,[87] was proposed or passed. The defendants' contention that a unanimous agreement amongst shareholders as to the value of the company can be regarded as a unanimous resolution of shareholders within the meaning of the schedules is considered below.
337 As to the purpose for which the shareholders agreed upon a company value:
(a) Strunz's evidence was that annual valuations had been prepared for the purposes of obtaining adequate insurance and that such valuations had, since about 2013 to 2014, been approved at each AGM. In cross-examination, Strunz conceded that the minutes of the earlier AGMs did not establish that agreed valuations had been approved at earlier AGMs, and that his evidence about the earlier practice was mistaken.
(b) Briggs' evidence was that, at the 2017 AGMs (for each entity) all directors agreed upon the mechanism of company valuation for insurance purposes. He also said that valuations agreed at the AGMs were used for the purposes of insurance and 'for new directors buying into the company'; and that valuations using the same methodology as that adopted in the AGMs had been regularly used in the company's life including for the sale and purchase of shares by existing and incoming directors. Briggs accepted in cross-examination that he could not identify any transaction in which a valuation agreed at an AGM in that way had been used for setting a price for a new director buying into the company, or an existing director leaving. He accepted that the prices for other transactions had been agreed on a case-by-case basis.
(c) Liew's evidence was that her understanding was that one of the purposes of the valuations was to ensure that the company obtained insurance at the right amount to protect the directors' families because the insurance was to be paid if a director died or suffered total and permanent disability, and the insurance payout would be used by the company to buy back the shares from the director's family. Although Liew gave that positive evidence, she did not say what, if anything, she understood as to any other purpose for such valuation.
(d) Yelland's evidence was that at the AGMs for the Plus Architecture entities, an agreed value of the company was adopted for the purposes of insurance, and that at the 2017 AGMs for each entity, the discussion about the company values occurred in the context of determining a sum for the purposes of obtaining life insurance policies. Yelland said he had never discussed with the other directors obtaining annual valuations of the companies for the purposes of buying out departing shareholders. Yelland was challenged in cross- examination but did not concede that the valuation was agreed for any purpose other than the procuring of insurance. He said, further, that he would never have agreed to approve such a valuation. Evidence about how a witness would have behaved in a different, counterfactual situation is to be treated with significant caution because of its self-serving nature.[88] That notwithstanding, I accept that evidence as an accurate assessment by Yelland of how he would have behaved if asked to agree the valuations presented at the 2017 AGMs for the purposes of valuing any share transfer. While the subjective evidence is inherently self-serving it is entirely consistent with the objective evidence concerning Yelland's behaviour when in fact dealing with the transfer of his shares. Had a valuation for the purposes of schedules 2A and 2B been specifically raised (including by it being crystallised by the proposing of a resolution) it would have been apparent that such a valuation would, by operation of the shareholders agreements, bind all shareholders, including Yelland, should he depart. As discussed earlier, when actually dealing with the price for his shares when he did depart, Yelland was significantly invested in obtaining a price for his shares that he determined was adequate, formulating his own assessment.
(e) The witness evidence, then, was that Briggs, Strunz and Liew each positively said that the adoption of a value for the company at the 2017 AGM was for the purpose of obtaining adequate insurance; Liew said that was one of the purposes but identified no other purpose. Briggs and Strunz's evidence that AGM-agreed valuations had been used in the past to facilitate the transfer of shares fell away.
(f) There had never been a contested buy-out in the history of Plus Melbourne and an AGM-agreed value had not been employed in that way before. Other share transactions had been determined on a case by case basis.
(g) The text of Item 2.6 recorded in the minutes is not free from ambiguity because it records what was discussed in a truncated fashion. But its references to death insurance, Yelland's agreement to have the same coverage and structure as other directors, the agreement to add step insurance and the agreement to 'move forward with Petro' (an insurance broker) are consistent with the evidence of the witnesses that a value for the company was agreed for the purposes of obtaining insurance. It is true that the method by which the value was arrived at (discussed below) goes beyond the requirements of clause 2(c)(ii)(A) of the SHA, but that is of no import, given the text of the minute and the witness evidence as to the purpose of the valuation.
(h) The defendants accepted that the valuation in this case was undertaken for the purposes of obtaining insurance but they sought to characterise the decision as a 'dual purpose resolution'. Having regard to what is set out above on the question of the intention of the shareholders, I conclude that Briggs, Strunz and Liew consciously agreed the valuation for insurance purposes. As is discussed below, in doing that they considered that they were agreeing a genuine valuation of the company. The evidence does not support a finding that they also agreed upon the valuation for the purpose of valuing the shares in the company to facilitate the admission of a new director or the exit of an existing director. Briggs and Strunz each stated a belief that the valuations had been used that way in the past (the basis of which they could not establish) but such a belief does not amount to a state of mind concerning what they were doing when they agreed the valuation in 2017. Yelland positively denied agreeing with the valuation for the purposes of valuing shares. What was agreed by all shareholders, then, was the value of the company for the purpose of insuring the directors. There was no agreement between all shareholders as to the value of the company for any other purpose, in particular a valuation for the purposes of schedules 2A and 2B or more generally in order to facilitate the transfer of shares from one shareholder to another or to buy out a departing shareholder.
(i) It may be that on close analysis the defendants' case was (at least in the alternative) that if the valuation was a genuine one (discussed below) and that value was unanimously agreed for any purpose, that that was sufficient for the agreement to be regarded as a unanimous resolution for the purposes of schedules 2A and 2B. That issue is considered below.
(a) At the Plus Melbourne AGM (as was also the case also for Brisbane and Sydney) a spreadsheet was displayed setting out the company's turnover and profit for the two previous years and the current year, projected turnover and profit for the following year, a maintainable earnings calculation which was an average of past figures, a 2.5% multiple, and a valuation amount which was reached by applying the multiple to the maintainable earnings. McArthur prepared the spreadsheets. The earnings and profit figures were obtained from the company's bookkeepers. The multiplier had been used historically. According to Briggs, the Plus entities had 'always' adopted a multiplier of 2.5.
(b) Before 2015 Plus Melbourne had retained Pitcher Partners to prepare valuations, but after that time, because the fees for that work were considered to be too high, an agreed value for the company was adopted for the purposes of obtaining insurance at the annual general meetings, following discussion amongst the directors as to what multiple should be applied to the profits of the company.
(c) YSPL submitted that the process of agreeing valuations was one of throwing figures around and making a stab in the dark.
(d) Against that proposition, the defendants said, first, the values arrived at were not reached by throwing numbers around but by the application of an appropriate multiple to the assessment of future maintainable earnings. Although YSPL correctly submitted that the process by which the valuations were agreed was rudimentary compared with the process that an expert valuer would adopt, the evidence supports the conclusion that the directors (for their shareholders) applied a multiple that they considered to be appropriate to the historical earnings and profit of each entity.
(e) Next, the defendants said that the fact that the values had been arrived at in the context of the need to agree an amount for the purposes of obtaining appropriate insurance established an understanding among the shareholders that the agreed value should be genuine. The evidence supported that submission. Strunz's unchallenged evidence was that the spouses of the directors had to sign a document to the effect that if a director dies, they must sell their shares back to the company and accept the payment for those shares that would come from the insurance company, and that he would never have voted in favour of artificially lowering the company's value with the effect of underinsuring that risk. Briggs and Liew gave evidence to similar effect. It was important to them that the company be valued properly in order to protect their families. None of that evidence was challenged. Yelland himself did not say in evidence that he understood the values to have been made unofficially lower than they otherwise would have been, for the purposes of reducing insurance premiums. He did not say that he had accepted any agreed valuation on that basis, although through his counsel he made that submission.
(f) The defendants also submitted that the accuracy and genuineness of the Plus Melbourne valuation could be assessed against a commercial valuation obtained from Plus's accountant Marzano in the months prior to the AGM, which was itself substantially lower than the valuation adopted at the AGM. In fact, Marzano had prepared a valuation of Plus Melbourne for the Plus directors, principally on Yelland's instruction, in June 2017. The valuation was said to have been prepared to support a sale from an existing shareholder to another shareholder (new or existing) - it was for succession planning purposes, but not in respect of any particular shareholder. Whilst neither party provided a precise reconciliation of the Marzano valuation and the figures supporting the Plus Melbourne AGM value calculation (for which the final spreadsheet was not in evidence), it is likely that difference in the amounts is substantially accounted for by the reduction of the multiple in Marzano's valuation from 2.5 to 1.7. Marzano explained that the multiple was discounted by 30% 'in accordance with the shareholders agreement'; which I infer is a reference to the 30% discount that would be applied under schedule 2B on a transfer of shares between shareholders. Save for the application of that discount, the Marzano valuation adopted the same multiple as the agreed AGM valuations. The Marzano valuation was also prepared on a zero assets basis, excluding the entitlements of current shareholders to retained profits.
(g) Having regard to the above, I consider that although the process adopted by the directors at the Plus Melbourne AGM to reach the agreed value was much simpler than the process that would have been undertaken by a professional valuer, it was a genuine valuation of the company on the basis of historical earnings and a multiple that the directors, including Yelland, had long considered to be appropriate, including on the advice of the company's accountant. It was neither arbitrary, nor artificially low. It was a valuation prepared by lay people, albeit lay people who had intimate knowledge of the business, for a purpose that they considered warranted an adequate valuation in order to properly provide for their families.
339 Although the agreed value for Plus Melbourne was a genuine valuation that the directors regarded as properly reflecting the value of the company, it was agreed specifically for the purposes of the company obtaining insurance. The difficulty with the defendants' case was that the agreement was not reached for the relevant purpose and it was not reached by unanimous shareholders resolution.
340 I accept the plaintiff's submission that however a shareholders resolution might be expressed or recorded, the circumstances must demonstrate that the valuation was agreed for the purpose of the schedule; that a valuation for that purpose was within the contemplation of the meeting at the time at which it was made. It does not suffice to say that if the valuation is a genuine one for one purpose, it can be taken to serve all purposes.
341 The SHA distinguished between the determination of issues on a consensus basis and the determination of matters the subject of a motion, which were to be passed by resolution at a meeting at which the motion is considered and voted upon, with notice of the proposed resolution given in advance.[89] Those provisions, and the relevant parts of the constitution, generally reflected, in the orthodox way, what is otherwise provided by the Act - that members may make resolutions in general meeting or by circulating resolution. Each method is attended by formalities in form, content, and time of notice, whose purpose is to ensure that each member is aware of exactly what they are doing by giving assent to a motion.
342 The commercial bargain that the shareholders struck by the SHA was that the value of shares on a transfer (or on a death or disablement of a director, where no insurance had been maintained) was in the first place to be determined by a unanimous resolution of the shareholders, and only failing that, by an expert chosen by unanimous resolution or appointed by a professional body. The safeguard in that case was the requirement for a unanimous resolution, a particular decision making process, reference to which was obviously, from the language of the schedules, deliberately chosen. That choice was protective of shareholders because those voting on a resolution to determine value had an interest in agreeing an appropriate number.
343 The purpose of a decision or agreement between shareholders and the formality that must attend the decision are related. Although the SHA permitted the shareholders to take the method of valuation into their own hands and accordingly permitted them to avoid the rigors of an expert valuation, what it did not permit was an agreement in lieu of a unanimous resolution. A unanimous resolution requires formality, including the need to identify the subject matter of the resolution and thereby the purpose of it. Where that occurs it facilitates conscious decision-making. Contrary to the defendants' case, a commercial common-sense construction of the SHA does not require or permit the reading down of the plain language of the schedules in the manner submitted, which would amount to the substitution of one decision making method (resolution) for another (agreement among shareholders).
344 Had the circumstances been different in this case - such that the evidence established unanimous agreement between shareholders as to the value of shares for the purposes of the schedules but without compliance with the requisite formalities, the conclusion may have been different. But here, neither the relevant purpose nor the required process were evidenced.
345 It is true that shareholders, acting collectively, may dispense with formalities, provided they do so with full knowledge and consent. Meagher JA explained what has become known as the Duomatic principle in this way, in Herrman v Simon:
Where it can be shown that all shareholders having a right to attend and vote at a general meeting of a company assent with full knowledge and consent to some matter which a general meeting of the company could carry into effect, that assent is as binding as a resolution in general meeting would be. In other words, it is a doctrine dispensing with the consumptive effect of formalities. It is a doctrine that formalities may be disregarded if they have been waived by all shareholders acting in concert who want the same substantial result. ... [it is] a doctrine which goes to formalities and not substance ... it can only operate where persons attending a meeting have full knowledge and consent.[90]
346 The issue in this case, on this point, does not turn on a question of waiver, and the defendants' case was not put that way. However, reflecting on what is required in order for shareholders to make decisions in concert without observing the prescribed process reveals the underlying principle that shareholders may effectively reach binding agreement, but only if they do so with a shared understanding of what it is they are agreeing upon. In this case, the recording of an agreement on the value of a company for one purpose was not a substitute for the passing of a unanimous resolution for another purpose. That is not to accede to the 'consumptive effect of formalities'; it is because by doing one thing, the shareholders could not and should not be taken to have been doing another.
347 The Plus Brisbane AGM was held on 1 August 2017, attended by all shareholders. The minutes of the AGM were in evidence. No notice of meeting was in evidence. The minutes recorded against items 'discussed' at the meeting, that some items were 'noted', some were 'reported' and others were 'agreed'. Item 2.2 read:
2.2 COMPANY VALUATION
AM [a reference to McArthur] tabled a proposed company valuation for the purposes of insurance. All agreed that the company valuation is $1,559,899.
348 The valuation noted in the minutes was reflected in a spreadsheet recording the items discussed in relation to Plus Melbourne (also applying a multiple of 2.5) that had been prepared by Amy MacArthur and was displayed at the meeting.
349 On the question of agreement between the shareholders:
(a) Juric's evidence was that each year at the AGMs, Plus Brisbane was valued and the value was adopted unanimously by the shareholders. There was no contrary evidence on the question of whether all members agreed with the adopted value. The evidence of Strunz, Briggs and Yelland, considered above in the context of Plus Melbourne, was given in respect of all three Principal Plus Entities. I conclude that the shareholders unanimously agreed the valuation of Plus Brisbane recorded in the minutes.
(b) However, I also conclude that no resolution of the kind required by the SHA or the constitution[91] was passed. The minutes made no mention of any resolution and it can be reasonably expected, given the terms of the company's governing documents, that had a resolution been proposed or passed, it would have been recorded.
350 As to purpose for which the valuation was agreed:
(a) The minutes are plain - it was agreed 'for the purpose of insurance' which, in the context of the SHA, meant insuring the directors.
(b) Juric's evidence on this subject was that, 'it had not been communicated during the AGMs I have attended that the purpose of the valuations was limited to insurance only'. That evidence established only what did not occur at the AGM; it did not establish positively that what was agreed was for an additional purpose. Juric also said that Plus had applied 'this principle' for all share transactions in Plus Brisbane since Juric's commencement in June 2015. When cross-examined, Juric readily conceded that he had not attended an AGM in 2015 and that the minutes for the AGM for 2016 did not record any discussion of a company's value. He insisted though, that there had been a discussion of value at that meeting. He said that Luke Henderson became a director and bought shares 'on the basis of the shareholders agreement and the valuation agreed at the 2017 AGM'. The Henderson transaction was, evidently, subsequent to the 2017 AGM.
(c) I conclude that the shareholders agreed to the value of the company for the purposes of insuring the directors. There was no agreement between all shareholders as to the value of the company for the purposes of schedules 2A and 2B, or more generally in order to facilitate the transfer of shares from one shareholder to another or to buy out a departing shareholder.
(a) The valuation was calculated in the same way as the Plus Melbourne valuation.
(b) Juric's evidence was that on the day of the Plus Brisbane staff Christmas party for 2017 (22 December 2017), Yelland had said that the agreed valuation was only for the purposes of insurance and that a lower value had been adopted to save on insurance premiums. His evidence was that he was shocked, because he had always considered the valuation to be a true agreed value. He would not have agreed to a low valuation for the purposes of reducing premiums, because in that event, the directors' families would receive less money for their shares than they would otherwise be entitled to. That evidence was unchallenged.
(c) I accept that the valuation was a genuine one, for the same reasons set out above in respect of Plus Melbourne.
352 The Plus Brisbane shareholders agreement was in substantially the same terms as the Plus Melbourne agreement. The Plus Brisbane constitution was expressed differently but on the requirements for decision making was substantially to the same effect.
353 The conclusions I have reached in respect of Plus Melbourne apply equally to Plus Brisbane.
354 The Plus Sydney AGM was held on 19 July 2017, attended by all shareholders. No notice of meeting was in evidence. The minutes of the meeting recorded that some items discussed were 'noted' and others were 'agreed'. Item 3.1 (under the heading 'Legal') read:
3.1 Company Valuation
For the purposes of insurance, AM tabled company valuation to be updated to reflect the agreed budget for 2018 @ $4.5M. All agreed on multiplier of 2.5 and a total valuation of $1,340,189 does not include undistributed profits. RS requested that we make sure cost of insurance is correctly passed on to each of the offices. AM is to confirm personal director neglect insurance.
355 Amy McArthur was present and projected at the meeting a spreadsheet setting out the company's turnover and profit and a valuation calculated on the basis of maintainable earnings and a 2.5 multiplier, prepared by McArthur in the same way as explained in relation to Plus Melbourne.
(a) Julka's unchallenged evidence, which I accept, was that the value of the company as recorded in the minutes was unanimously agreed.
(b) However, I also conclude that no resolution of the kind required by the SHA or the constitution[92] was passed. The minutes made no mention of any resolution and it can be reasonably expected, given the terms of the company's governing documents, that had a resolution been proposed or passed, it would have been recorded.
357 As to the purpose for which the valuation was agreed:
(a) From the text of the minutes it is clear that valuation was tabled and agreed for the purposes of obtaining insurance.
(b) Julka's evidence was that he 'understood the basic method of valuation of Plus Sydney' and at the time of adopting the valuation at the 2017 AGM he understood it to reflect the actual market value of the company.
(c) I conclude that the shareholders agreed to the value of the company for the purposes of insuring the directors. There was no agreement between all shareholders as to the value of the company for the purposes of schedules 2A and 2B, or more generally in order to facilitate the transfer of shares from one shareholder to another or to buy out a departing shareholder.
(a) The valuation was prepared in the same way as the Plus Melbourne valuation had been prepared. Julka's unchallenged evidence was that he understood it to reflect the actual market value of the company and at no time was the possibility raised with him that the valuation may have deliberately understated the value of the Plus entities.
(b) I accept that the valuation was a genuine, for the same reasons set out above in respect of Plus Melbourne.
359 The Plus Sydney shareholders agreement was in substantially the same terms as the Plus Melbourne agreement. The Plus Sydney constitution was expressed differently but on the requirements for decision making was substantially to the same effect.
360 The conclusions I have reached in respect of Plus Melbourne apply equally to Plus Sydney.
361 The foregoing analysis has concentrated upon the issue in dispute, namely whether the value of the shares was determined by shareholder resolution. I have concluded that no such determination was carried out in respect of any of the Principal Plus Entities.
362 Schedules 2A and 2B provided that failing the required shareholders resolution the relevant amount would be as determined by a suitable independent firm of accountants to be agreed by a unanimous shareholders resolution, or failing that, by a suitable independent expert nominated by the Institute of Arbitrators and Mediators Australia, in accordance with and subject to the determination rules of the Institute. It was accepted that no such determination had occurred in respect of any of the Principal Plus Entities.
363 In these respects, YSPL's claim that in breach of the shareholders agreements the shareholders of the Principal Plus Entities failed to determine the value of YSPL's shareholding pursuant to those agreements, is established. YSPL has not established, however (for the reasons give earlier) that the defendants wrongly applied the Schedule 2B discount, or that YSPL is entitled to interest on the basis that it should be been paid for its shares on 22 January 2018, and not paid in instalments.
364 As to the quantification of damages flowing from the breach of the shareholders agreements, YSPL submitted that the requirement that the Court restore YSPL to the position in which it would have been but for the breach of contract would be met by the Court 'adopting the valuation that it determines for the purposes of the oppression case'. It was accepted by both parties that the value of YSPL's shares for the purposes of the breach of contract claim should be determined on the basis of the expert valuation evidence (that is, according to ordinary valuation principles), implicitly on the ground that the shareholders agreements provided that where no valuation by unanimous shareholder resolution had occurred, the shares were to be valued by an independent firm of accountants.[93] The quantum of YSPL's damages would be, then, the value of its shares in the Principal Plus Entities acquired by the passing of the resolutions as determined on the valuation evidence (allowed at 100% if schedule 2A applied and at 70% if schedule 2B applied), less the amounts already paid to YSPL and accepted under protest, plus interest running from the time at which the correct payments ought to have been made in accordance with the SHA.[94]
365 Each of the parties relied on the opinion of a qualified valuer, each of whom had extensive relevant experience. YSPL's expert, Jaski, is a partner in the Corporate, Value Advisory practice of PricewaterhouseCoopers. He is an affiliate of the Institute of Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand and an accredited business valuation specialist. The defendants' expert, Hockley, is a partner of Grant Thornton Australia Ltd and Lead Forensic Consulting Partner of Grant Thornton's Melbourne office. He is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand and an accredited business valuation specialist and forensic accounting specialist.
366 YSPL filed a report from Jaski dated 19 June 2019 (the Jaski Report). Jaski was instructed to provide his opinion as to the value of the entire 'Plus Group'[95] and YSPL's interests in the relevant entities as at 30 June 2017 and 11 October 2017.
367 The defendants filed four reports from Hockley, dated 30 September 2019 (First Hockley Report), 20 February 2020 (Second Hockley Report), 6 March 2020 (Third Hockley Report), 3 June 2020 (Fourth Hockley Report). As to those reports:
(a) Hockley was instructed to value each Plus entity and YSPL's interests therein as at 11 October 2017 and 30 June 2019, and did so in his first report.
(b) In his second report Hockley provided an updated opinion as to the value of the Plus entities and YSPL's interests therein, updated to reflect the agreed position of the parties as to YSPL's discrete interests in the retained earnings of the Plus entities. The dispute concerning retained earnings was resolved during the trial.
(c) The third Hockley report provided a critique of the Jaski report. Hockley was asked to opine as to the differences between the reports and the reasons for those differences, whether he agreed or disagreed with the conclusions and opinions expressed by Jaski.
(d) The fourth Hockley report set out Hockley's opinion of the value of the Plus entities and YSPL's interests therein as at the date of trial.
368 The experts conferred and submitted a joint report dated 1 July 2020 (Joint Report) setting out their responses to the questions provided to them which were intended to assist them to narrow the issues in dispute and identify the reasons for any material disagreements. The conferral process did not reduce the scope of the material issues in dispute but clarified a number of matters. The valuers had adopted slightly different dates for valuation but agreed that there was no material difference between the valuation assessments as at 30 September 2017 and 11 October 2017. For the purposes of the breach of contract claim the October 2017 date applies, and the analysis of the valuers' evidence that follows is by reference to that date.
(a) Jaski assessed the market value of the relevant entities which he defined as the estimated amount for which an asset or liability should exchange on the valuation date between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm's length transaction, after proper marketing and where the parties had each acted knowledgably, prudently and without compulsion. Hockley assessed the 'fair market value' of the relevant entities but the experts agreed that there was no material difference between the concepts for the purposes of their reports.
(b) They agreed that the valuations should be conducted by employing the capitalisation of future maintainable earnings (CFME) methodology, which requires the valuer to estimate the future maintainable earnings (FME) of the business; capitalise the FME by an appropriate earnings multiple to determine the value (enterprise value) of the business and adjust the enterprise value for non-operating assets and liabilities to determine the equity value of the entity. It was agreed (and I accept) that the CFME methodology is a widely used valuation methodology to value an established profitable private business of the nature and scale of the Plus entities and ought result in a value consistent with the concept of market value. The experts disagreed on the appropriate valuation methodology to be applied in respect of Plus International. Because of the conclusion I have reached in respect of the claim regarding Plus International it is unnecessary to consider its value (although the arrangements between Plus International and the Principal Plus Entities are considered in relation to the value of those entities).
(c) Hockley used earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) as the appropriate measure of earnings and Jaski used earnings before interest tax depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) but they agreed that the use of EBITDA or EBIT as the appropriate measure of FME will not have any impact on the overall valuation provided the appropriate FME was applied to the corresponding multiple. A multiple of EBITDA will necessarily be higher than its corresponding EBIT multiple, but the resulting valuation will not be different. In his third report Hockley adjusted his assessment from EBIT to EBITDA for comparative purposes.
(d) Each accepted that in order to value shares in a company or units in a trust it is first necessary to value the company or trust in question before determining the value of the share or unit or group of shares.
370 Leaving aside differences accepted by the parties to have been immaterial, the issues in contention were the following:
(a) Whether it was appropriate to value the Principal Plus Entities (Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane) individually or to assess YSPL's interests in the Principal Plus Entities on the basis of a valuation of all of the Plus entities as a 'group'. Jaski was instructed to value the Plus entities as a group, and Hockley was instructed to value the entities individually. The FME and multiple adopted by each was commensurate with his assessment made on that basis. The experts agreed that the value of the Plus entities was higher when valued on a group basis compared to when valued on an individual basis. They agreed that it was appropriate to adopt the CFME methodology, whether the entities were valued individually or as a group. They agreed that the starting point (whether to value individually or as a group) was the most material reason for the difference in their valuations.
(b) As to their respective calculations of future maintainable earnings. Each valuer had made normalisation adjustments to historical and forecast earnings for the purposes of assessing FME. As to normalisations, it was agreed that the only material difference between them was as to their respective adjustments concerning the remuneration of the directors of Plus Melbourne.
(c) What were the appropriate capitalisation multiples, noting the different starting point adopted by each expert.
(d) The appropriate valuation considerations relevant to Plus International.
(e) Whether or not a minority discount should be applied to the valuations. Hockley applied a minority discount to his valuation for each entity to account for a lack of control and a lack of marketability. Jaski was instructed not to apply such a discount.
371 The experts agreed that the differences between them as to the treatment of working capital items had no material impact on the outcome of the valuations.
E.2 Jaski's instructions - question of independence
372 It is necessary at the outset to consider the defendants' substantial attack on the credibility of Jaski's evidence, founded on the limits of his instructions and what was submitted to be a serious lack of independence arising from the manner in which his report had been prepared. The defendants summarised the position this way: most of the work for and preparation of the Jaski report was performed by Evan Wright, a director at PricewaterhouseCoopers. When cross-examined, Jaski acknowledged that he was alarmed about several aspects of the dealings between Yelland and Wright in connection with the preparation of the report. Jaski accepted that Wright may have become an advocate for Yelland. Wright was not called to give evidence.
373 The defendants' submissions ultimately went to the weight that should be accorded to Jaski's opinion. They submitted that because Jaski's independence had been so seriously compromised his opinion should be regarded as so unreliable as to be worthy of no weight whatsoever. They also advanced detailed submissions responding to the matters of substance set out in Jaski's report on the issues in contention.
374 As to the limitations of Jaski's instructions, it was not in contest that Jaski was not instructed to respond to any of the Hockley reports including the third report which set out a detailed critique of Jaski's report. His response to Hockley's opinion was limited to what was said in the Joint Report, which essentially repeated the conclusions in the earlier report. The defendants submitted that save insofar as Jaski addressed some of those matters indirectly in the Joint Report, the Court should accept the otherwise unchallenged analysis contained in those reports and the criticisms expressed by the Third Hockley Report. That submission must be tempered of course by reference to the cross-examination of Hockley.
In the course of taking instructions, Mr Jaski's subordinate Mr Wright had irregular communications with Mr Jaski's client, Mr Yelland. Given their information, nature and tone, which suggested a level of familiarity between Wright and Yelland, the communications were not consistent with what would be considered proper communications between a client and the staff of an independent expert briefed to give evidence in the Supreme Court of Victoria.[96]
376 YSPL described Wright as a 'subordinate'. He was junior to Jaski, who took responsibility for his report, but Wright was a director and a senior employee of PwC, only one level below Jaski.
377 YSPL went on to say, however, that by way of analogy to the principles concerning bias and apprehended bias, the defendants had identified what might be described as apprehended bias but had not identified any rational basis for a submission that there was on the part of Wright any actual bias. The submission was couched in the language of bias but it was more accurately described as addressed to the question of independence. YSPL submitted there was no evidence to support a conclusion that the communications between Wright and Yelland in any way influenced Jaski's opinion. In fact, Jaski only became aware of the communications shortly before giving evidence (his evidence was that he learned of the communications a week or so before giving evidence) and when he did become aware of them, Jaski reprimanded Wright. YSPL's position was that during the course of cross-examination the defendants failed to establish that the contents of Jaski's report did not constitute his reasonably and honestly held opinion nor that they were not the product of his own intellectual effort and judgment. Accordingly, YSPL submitted that Jaski gave honest, truthful and independent evidence as to the matters in respect of which he was briefed. That was the extent of YSPL's submissions; it did not provide any detailed analysis of the communications and dealings discussed below.
378 The principles concerning the independence expected of expert witnesses were not in contest. As they bear on the issues in this case, they are as follows:
(a) Expert evidence upon which parties rely should be, and should be seen to be, the independent product of the expert uninfluenced as to form or content by the exigencies of litigation. An expert should then provide independent assistance to the Court and should not assume the role of the advocate.[97] As Lord Wilberforce said in Whitehouse v Jordan, to the extent that expert evidence is not or is not seen to be the uninfluenced product of the expert, it may be not only incorrect but 'self-defeating'.[98]
(b) In order that the Court may assess the evidence the expert witness must disclose any relationship between themselves and the party calling them.[99]
(c) Whether or not an expert report is the product of an independent exercise of judgment is obviously a factual question; but as Brooking J said in Phosphate Cooperative, while it is impossible to lay down specific rules dealing with communications between the expert and the instructing party, 'the guiding principle must be that care should be taken to avoid any communication which may undermine, or appear to undermine, the independence of the expert'.[100]
(d) The expert witness code reinforces these principles and explicitly provides that an expert witness is not an advocate for a party and has a paramount duty, overriding any duty to the party to the proceedings or other person retaining the witness, to assist the Court impartially on matters relevant to the area of expertise of the witness.
(e) A lack of independence goes to the weight of a witness's evidence and will bear on the assessment of its probative value. It does not go to its admissibility. Provided that evidence is of some relevance, it will be admissible, and there is no exclusionary rule preventing the reception of expert evidence on the grounds of lack of independence or bias. As Ormiston JA said for the Court of Appeal in FGT Custodians v Fagenblat, questions of matters of competence (testimonial capacity) must be 'firmly distinguished from those matters which may go to impeach the reliability of a witness's testimony, namely those that are based on cross-examination or other evidence to show inadequate expertise or bias or interest by reason of conduct or other circumstances'.[101]
379 As noted earlier, Wright was not called to give evidence. It was established that he was in Melbourne and available. He was obviously in a position to shed light on the communications between himself and Yelland. No notes of any of the meetings held between PwC and Yelland were produced. PwC internal billing records were produced, showing time spent by Wright, Jaski, and others, on the YSPL matter. The text exchanges discussed below were obtained by the defendants issuing notices to produce. None of communications between Wright and Yelland described below were addressed by Jaski in his evidence in chief, or otherwise addressed or explained by YSPL prior to the cross-examination of Jaski.
380 The circumstances in which Jaski was instructed were as follows.
381 The relationship between Yelland and PwC commenced when Yelland met Wright during a game of golf.
382 On 27 February 2017, Wright and Yelland met for 45 minutes at Wright's invitation. Jaski was not present and did not know of the meeting. PwC had not received any documents from YSPL's solicitors or been formally retained. No record of the meeting was made. Yelland said when cross-examined that at that meeting he and Wright 'talked about the structure of the company'.
383 On 4 March 2019, Wright had a discussion with Jaski described in the PwC billing records as concerning 'appropriate earnings multiples and valuation methodology'. The discussion occurred before any briefing materials were sent to PwC. Jaski accepted that at that point all he could give was a very high level general and unspecific direction to Wright as to what the possible multiple or multiples might be.
384 On 5 March, Wright had a further discussion with Yelland described in the PwC billing records as 'regarding structure of group and history of entities'. Jaski was not present and did not know of the meeting.
385 On 12 March, Wright and Jaski had a further discussion about the scope of the YSPL matter. No records were produced recording the content of that discussion and Jaski could not recall it.
386 Jaski understood that Wright had met Yelland at a game of golf and that was how the matter came to PwC but was not aware that Wright had communicated directly with Yelland. His evidence was in cross-examination that:
Ordinarily, I - we don't do that. We made [sic] sure that communications go through - through the lawyers, just to avoid any - any perception of independence issues.
387 Cross-examined, Jaski agreed that had he realised what was happening at the time, it would have caused him 'grave concern'. He then sought to qualify his evidence by saying that for the purposes of preparing expert reports lawyers were not always present during discussions with 'management', meaning representatives of the client. He explained that he was seeking to draw a distinction between 'talking to management' and 'getting instructions directly from the client'. As he put it:
I draw a different [sic] between talking to management about, um, issues involving the business, versus, talking to the client who's - who's ultimately engaging us on issues that may not be very specific to the business operations.
388 In my assessment, that evidence was self-serving. Jaski accepted when it was put to him, that Yelland was both a client and a former member of the management of the Plus entities. It cannot have been anything other than plain to Jaski that Yelland, although he was necessarily in a position to discuss the operation of the business, was at all times the representative of the client. I consider that Jaski honestly answered when he accepted that direct communication between Yelland and Wright was a cause of grave concern and should not have occurred, but that he then sought to justify the compromised position in which he found himself, given the course of communications that had occurred between PwC and Yelland.
389 On 19 March 2019, YSPL's solicitors, Sladen Legal, emailed Wright attaching 'a link to the relevant documents we have in relation to the Plus Architecture Group of Companies'. It was not established what documents were contained in the link.
390 Sladen Legal wrote to PwC engaging Jaski to provide an opinion for the purposes of this proceeding, setting out instructions and assumptions. The letter was dated 5 April 2019. On 12 April 2019, PwC wrote to Sladen confirming their engagement in accordance with Sladen's letter of 5 April 2019, setting out the scope, purpose and terms of the engagement. Yelland signed the terms of engagement indicating acceptance on 14 April 2019.
391 Yelland and Wright exchanged text messages on 17 April 2019. Yelland asked Wright to 'call me back when you are free'. There was no record of any conversation on that date and Jaski was not aware of what if anything was discussed.
392 On 29 April 2019, Jaski, Wright and Yelland met at PwC. The meeting was described in the PwC billing records as 'client meeting to discuss initial FME assessment'. No record of the meeting was produced. Jaski attended the whole or most of the meeting. Jaski had very little recollection of what had been discussed. He said he clearly remembered attending but did not 'recall the specifics of it'. He said it was a fairly long meeting where lots of issues were discussed associated with the business and how it operated. The billing records recorded the length of the meeting as 3 ½ hours. In response to a question from the Court about the PWC ledger recording that the purpose of the meeting with the client was to 'discuss initial FME assessment', Jaski said that they would by that time have looked through the material they had received and formed some initial views but denied that PwC's preliminary views had been discussed with Yelland at the meeting and asserted that they 'would have' discussed issues that impacted upon the FME (future maintainable earnings). In the cross-examination that followed, Jaski's answers made plain that he in fact had no specific recollection of any matter that had been discussed at the meeting. I assessed his denial to have been reconstructed and intended to convey the fact that Jaski wished to assert - that he and Wright did not discuss their initial assessment of FME with the client. His denial was unfounded in any recollection of what had in fact occurred at the meeting. It was inconsistent with the only documentary record which itself records that the purpose of the meeting was to discuss PwC's initial FME assessment. Nothing further was known about what was discussed at what was in the scheme of things a lengthy meeting.
393 The final version of Jaski's report (dated 19 June 2019 filed in these proceedings) recorded a list of the sources of information relied upon for the purposes of the report. One item listed was 'discussions with Craig Yelland'. The report also recorded that the sources of a graphical depiction of the corporate structure and shareholders of the Plus Group were Jaski's letter of instruction, 'discussions with Mr Yelland' and ASIC searches for Plus International. Evidently, the discussions with Yelland were significant enough for Jaski to record in his report that he had relied upon them for the purposes of preparing that report. There was, however, no detail whatsoever as to the matters discussed. Jaski accepted that a proper record ought to have been made of the discussions.
394 The PwC billing records indicate that subsequent to the meeting on 29 April 2019, with the assistance of another colleague, Wright undertook further work on FME figures on several occasions and that on 15 May 2019 Jaski spent 1.8 hours reviewing and analysing the FME for each Plus office.
395 On 29 April 2019, after their meeting, Yelland emailed Wright attaching a spreadsheet setting out what he described as undistributed profits and profit share owed to him. That email was not copied to Sladen Legal.
396 On 8 May and 13 May 2019, Wright and Sladen Legal exchanged emails in which Wright sought instructions on a number of questions and Sladen responded.
397 On 23 May 2019, Wright sent a text message to Yelland as follows:
Hi Craig, apologies for not getting the report to you yet. Cam and I sat down and discussed in detail yesterday and there are some things we want to add to support the opinion further and we've tweaked the numbers. I'm still hoping to get to you tomorrow. For your reference, after making the changes the value of your shares is higher than the number I previously quoted you. Let me know if you want to discuss further. Cheers.
Thank you for your thoroughness. It is most important that it is robust and defendable in court. Send to Sladen when you finish.
399 When cross-examined, Jaski said that he had not seen the text messages until what was then 'very recently', when 'some of these issues were raised'. He agreed that he was 'disturbed' when he read the text message. It concerned him that Wright had been in contact with Yelland and that Wright had disclosed to Yelland a number for the valuation and that he had made reference to the number increasing which 'makes it looks like he's trying to get a higher value'. The following exchange occurred:
Robins QC: And the reality is it not, that at some stage along the line, Mr Wright had become an advocate for Craig Yelland in the preparation of the report, hadn't he?
Witness (Jaski): Well, the actions that, that he took, I guess have - have - I wouldn't - I can say whether Mr Wright was being an advocate or not, but certainly we don't want to be in contact with - with - with the client to make sure we avoid all of those issues. But yes, I can see that somebody would look and that and say - come to the same conclusion.
400 Jaski accepted that the matters revealed by the text exchange were 'very grave' and accepted that there was a possibility that Wright had by that time become an advocate for the client in respect of the expert report. Jaski was then at pains to say that on his part there had been no advocacy and that he was the one approving the numbers in the valuation. He did accept that he was relying on Wright to give his robust views to Jaski as a disinterested objective assistant and that he had discussed the report with Wright on that basis and on the assumption that that was how Wright was conducting himself and that, as at the time of giving evidence, he had grave concerns that he had made a wrong assumption in that regard.
401 Jaski was asked about his discussions with Wright upon learning of those communications before Jaski was to give evidence and he said the following:
Robins QC: Has Mr Wright told you what the number he'd previously quoted for the valuation was?
Witness (Jaski): I spoke to Mr Wright about - about these issues just - just very recently, when I became aware of them. He didn't tell me what the - what the number was. He said that it had increased very slightly based on some new information but it wasn't - he accepted that it didn't look good, but he said it wasn't - it wasn't a material increase, and the increase was due the receipt of information.
Robins QC: But isn't the first - what first question did you ask him?, Evan, what number did you give the client? Did you ask him that?
Witness (Jaski): No, I didn't. I don't think it matters to me what - what number he gave the client. I'm not concerned what - well, it's obvious he gave a lower number than - than what - than what I finalised.
Robins QC: But his text is not suggesting it's an inconsequential, immaterial increase, is he?
Witness (Jaski): It's not suggested, no.
402 In relation to Yelland's reply to Wright's message ('it is most important that it is robust and defendable in court'), Jaski accepted that in connection with giving expert evidence it mattered not whether the opinion was 'defendable in court' but rather whether the opinion was his honest opinion made in compliance with the expert witness code.
403 No record of the 'number' quoted to Yelland was produced. Yelland said in evidence that he did not recall the number quoted to him. He said it 'might be in a document somewhere', but he did not recall. He asserted that the biggest thing for him was not the number of the valuation but being treated 'fairly', as he had told PwC. As the analysis of the communications between the directors in September 2017 demonstrates, what was fair in this context was a subjective assessment.
404 I have no difficulty in concluding that Wright had crossed the line from independent advisor to advocate for the client. I consider that the inference is open on this evidence. It may be more confidently drawn given the unexplained absence of Wright from the witness box.[102]
405 By his text of 23 May to Yelland, Wright said that he and Jaski had discussed the report in detail on the previous day, 22 May. The PwC billing records record that Jaski spent two hours on 22 May 2019 conducting a 'review of comparable company analysis and valuation calculations'. That discussion (between Wright and Jaski) was in the scheme of things significant in that it was one of the few recorded occasions on which Jaski spent and charged the client for working on the report, and was described by Wright contemporaneously as a 'detailed' discussion of the report. It is clear then, that by the time that discussion between Jaski and Wright occurred, Wright was, unbeknownst to Jaski, consciously comparing the outcome of the analysis he was discussing with Jaski, with the figure he had earlier quoted to Yelland.
406 On 29 May 2019, Wright emailed Jaski the first version of the draft report for review and discussion. The total value of the YSPL shares in the 'Plus Group' excluding loans and retained earnings was said in that draft to be $6,438,175 at 30 June 2017 and $6,700,021 as at 11 October 2017. Jaski accepted that he had had little involvement in the drafting of the document to that point but insisted that he had directed the methodology. The question of Jaski's and Wright's respective involvement in the creation of the report is considered further below.
407 On 3 June 2019, Wright emailed Jaski an updated version of the report which was not produced in evidence. On the same day Yelland texted Wright asking whether he had 'nearly finished' the report. Wright's response was:
Hi Craig, apologies for the lack of communication, I have completed the report and it's with Campbell [Jaski] awaiting his final review. I will follow him up again. It's been a [sic] slower than I would have liked because I have been doing more of the work myself to keep the costs in line with my quote, but I do apologise and it's been with Campbell a while so I will ask him to prioritise.
408 Jaski agreed that when he saw that text message he was 'alarmed'. He accepted that Wright's statement that he had been doing 'more of the work' was an honest statement by him at the time and that it conveyed that Wright was doing more work than he ordinarily would have done on such a report in order to save costs. Jaski said that he was alarmed at the text and consulted Wright on it and Wright told him that he was not using as many junior staff but was absorbing the costs himself. He then went on to say that the engagement was no different from any other engagement in that the partner spends time directing other staff but the majority of the work is done by more junior practitioners. The latter part of the evidence was defensive and self-justifying. If the engagement was no different from any other engagement there would have been no reason for Jaski to have been alarmed at what he learned.
409 On 6 June 2019, Wright emailed Jaski with a further updated report saying he would like to send it to the client. The amounts recorded for YSPL's interests in the Plus entities were marginally lower than those stated in the 29 May draft. The total value of YSPL's shares in the 'Plus Group' excluding loans and retained earnings was said to be $6,372,627 as at 30 June 2017 and $6,634,473 as at 11 October 2017.
410 On 6 June 2019, Wright texted Yelland to say that Jaski had completed his review of the report, that Wright was to make some amendments and he would get it to Yelland.
411 The final version of the Jaski report was filed on 19 June 2019.
412 On 6 April 2020, Wright texted Yelland telling him his partner's name (that is his personal partner) and giving Yelland his home address. Yelland responded asking whether Wright would be home that morning and then said 'Great. C u then'. The following day, 7 April 2020, Wright texted Yelland the following message:
Hi Craig, sorry meant to message you earlier - [Wright's partner] was absolutely rapt with her gifts, such a nice surprise so thank you again, very thoughtful and much appreciated! Speak soon.
413 When cross-examined, Jaski said he was appalled when he saw that text exchange. He spoke to Wright again about issues of independence and said Wright had told him the gifts had come from Yelland's wife to Wright's wife. At that time the trial of this proceeding was fixed to commence within about three weeks, but as it happened, the parties were informed by the Court the day after the 7 April text exchange, that the trial was to be adjourned. Jaski accepted that the engagement between Yelland and Wright in relation to the gifts was wholly inappropriate. He accepted that had he become aware of those messages and the giving of gifts and other dealings between Wright and Yelland earlier, he would have removed Wright from the engagement. As it happened, Wright continued to assist Jaski up until the time of the joint report.
414 A principal theme emerging from the circumstances set out above is that Yelland was personally involved in directly instructing PwC, including in relation to some matters of substance.
415 The question whether the Plus entities should be valued individually or as a group was a critical matter relevant to the valuation of Yelland's interests. The structure of the group was discussed at Yelland's first meeting with Wright. To elaborate on what is set out above, it was put to Yelland that he had told Wright that his conception was that the Plus entities were a group rather than a collection of companies with common directors. His response was that 'I instructed them that I needed this to be a very fair valuation'; that he did not instruct them specifically to value the entities as a group but 'this is a discussion that we had, that they thought it was appropriate'. He also said that he told PwC that Plus had legal advice that it was acting as a franchisee.
416 The instructions to PwC, set out in Sladen Legal's letter of 5 April 2019 were to provide an opinion as to the value of 'the entire Plus Group (inclusive of the Plus Companies and Plus New Zealand) as a group and YSPL's shares in the Plus Group as a group'.
417 As discussed below, Jaski incorporated into his valuation a notional royalty payment to Plus International from the other entities and in so doing characterised the relationships between the entities as something broadly akin to a franchise. He was cross-examined about the source of the franchise analogy. Jaski said it was his own idea. He said he did not think that Wright (who had had most discussions with Yelland) had told him that Yelland had raised the franchise issue. He reached that conclusion because he had subsequently spoken to Wright about 'some of the issues that have come out' and that Wright's recollection was that it was Jaski's idea. This evidence was obviously unsatisfactory.
418 As discussed earlier, Jaski had little independent recollection of contemporaneous discussions relevant to his brief and nor were there any notes of what instructions had been given. Jaski did not even go so far as to say he recalled that the franchise analogy had first occurred to him but rather attributed that recollection of his own thought processes to Wright.
419 I conclude that Yelland discussed with Wright that an approach to the valuation task was to value the Plus entities as a group. That discussion occurred prior to PwC receiving an instruction to value the group on that basis. I also accept Yelland's evidence that he told Wright that he or Plus had obtained legal advice that Plus was operating as a franchise. Jaski's evidence on this question establishes nothing other than that he was engaging in reconstruction. Those inferences are available on the evidence. YSPL's failure to call Wright was unexplained in circumstances in which it was reasonable to expect that YSPL ought to have called him. I infer that his evidence on this issue would not have assisted YSPL's case. I am assisted in that respect in drawing the inferences of fact set out.
420 YSPL's failure to call Wright also assists me in drawing the inference of fact that at the meeting with Yelland on 29 April 2019 Wright and Jaski discussed with Yelland their then initial assessment of FME of the Plus entities, which inference is open on the evidence set out above in relation to that question.
421 As noted earlier, the Jaski report itself records that Jaski relied upon discussions with Yelland for the purposes of preparing the report, discussions about which no details were given.
422 It may be concluded then that on the matters of substance considered above, Yelland provided direct input to PwC. I reject Jaski's contention that Yelland was consulted only as a representative of the 'management' of any or all of the Plus entities.
423 The other principal theme that emerged concerned respective contributions to the Jaski report of Jaski and Wright respectively.
424 The PwC billing records showed that fees for 106.6 hours in total were charged to the client, of which Wright billed 71.8 hours and Jaski billed only 3.8 hours, with other staff making up the balance. Jaski had no recollection of the amount of time he had spent working on the YSPL report and said he would have to consult his timesheets. However he later said that the billing records looked incomplete and were not an accurate reflection of the work that was actually done, rather a record of what he had determined would be charged to the client. He said that he did not charge for all of his time, because doing so would affect the apparent profitability of the job, which would have implications for his remuneration. He accepted that there was no other record of what work had actually been done. He offered no rationale for or description of the substance or extent of any work that had been performed but not recorded in the billing system. I accept that PwC personnel including Jaski may have spent time on the YSPL report without recording it in the billing system, however I am unable to find that particular substantive work not recorded in the billing records occurred, because no specific evidence was given of such work. Ultimately, Jaski accepted the proposition that the Jaski Report was essentially the work of Wright 'insofar as [Wright] has spent a lot of time putting it together'.
425 In terms of the work actually undertaken, Jaski explained that PwC, like many professional services firms, adopts a pyramid structure with the senior partner determining the strategy, giving instructions to juniors and signing off on the report and taking ultimate responsibility for it. So much I accept, but that does not answer for the purposes of this matter what Jaski's involvement was in the formulation of the opinion expressed in the Jaski Report.
426 On that subject, Jaski said that the report drew on templates that he had prepared (templates that were used for client matters generally that would not themselves determine critical conclusions or any values in respect of the Plus entities). Jaski's evidence was that he 'always' directed the 'actual valuation' meaning that he formulated the strategy and approach at the outset and would consider the analysis of FME and the determination of multiples and any other key inputs 'line by line' to be certain that the key inputs were correct and would take responsibility for them. Jaski's evidence was expressed substantially in terms of what he would have done, reflecting his usual practice.
427 It was apparent that Jaski paid little attention to the documents with which he was briefed. His evidence in relation to that issue did not engender confidence in the robustness of his opinion. His brief was relatively modest, comprising the financial statements, management accounts, AGM reports, shareholders agreements and management agreements for each of the Plus entities and the licenced service agreements in respect of Plus International. He could not recall whether he had looked at the financial statements in great detail. He stated that he had first learnt that Plus International was the trustee of a unit trust in the weeks prior to his giving evidence and that he had proceeded on the assumption that it was a trading entity. He accepted that had he given even a cursory glance at the unitholders agreement for Plus International Pty Ltd (with which he had been briefed), it would have alerted him to the fact that he was being asked to value shares in a company which was a trustee of a unit trust. He also accepted that that might have had a significant impact on his task. He did not seek further instructions from Sladen Legal or Yelland in relation to that matter because it did not occur to him to do so. In reality, he had not properly read the documents. He asserted that he had not drawn the connection because he was looking at 'hundreds and hundreds of documents', then accepted that was a stretch, saying he was probably looking at 'thousands' of pages of documents (which in fact may itself have been a stretch). He fairly conceded that had he seen the unitholders agreement in relation to Plus International it would have been a red flag. He was being asked to value shares (as instructed in the Sladen Legal briefing letter) but the correct task was to look at the value of the units in the unit trust. He also accepted that had he understood that matter at the time he would have included a limitation in his report and sought clarification of his instructions.
428 Separately, although in the same vein, he was instructed to assume that 'the business carried on through each of the Plus companies and Plus New Zealand is marketed as a group'. That instruction was repeated in his report. He was asked whether he understood the instruction to mean that the Plus companies operated as a group in fact or whether that was simply a marketing feature. His answer was that he had interpreted the instruction to mean that 'by extension, it operates as a group'. He did not clarify that matter in his report. He accepted that those instructions were of some importance to his opinion.
429 Jaski's evidence about the creation of his report was unsatisfactory in a number of respects as outlined above. Whilst he readily accepted that the communications between Wright and Yelland were wholly inappropriate and were of the kind that were to be avoided for the very reason that they may compromise the experts' independence, he sought to justify aspects of the communications between PwC and Yelland on the basis of reconstruction rather than recollection. His evidence about what he did in respect of the formulation of the opinion expressed in the report was given in wholly general terms and in my assessment reflected his general practice rather than a specific recollection of the work done on this specific report.
430 As set out earlier, the PwC billing records record that he discussed with Wright, before the receipt of the instructions, the general approach to earnings, multiples and the valuation methodology, that he attended the most significant meeting with the client (on 29 April 2019) at which FME was discussed, that he spent 1.8 hours reviewing and analysing the FME for each Plus entity and that he spent 2 hours reviewing the 'comparable company analysis' (likely a reference to the factors informing multiples) and the valuation calculations on 22 May 2019. Other documentary evidence also establishes that he reviewed the final report before it was filed, between 3 and 6 June 2019. I accept that Jaski directed Wright to the general approach that should be taken to the valuations and that he considered the question of FME and multiples. There was, however, no material capable of showing Jaski's independent reasoning process in this respect. The difficulty for Jaski was that he was assuming, unsurprisingly, that the work with which he was presented and that he was reviewing, that had been prepared by Wright (assisted by various colleagues) had been prepared by Wright bringing an independent mind to the task. For the reasons discussed above, I conclude that Wright did not bring an independent mind to the task.
431 The plaintiff's submissions on these matters were brief and very general and were in substance as set out above. They did not seek to analyse any of the communications or records in relation to the preparation of the report but relied upon Jaski's presentation and his ability to respond to questions in cross-examination.
432 It cannot be said in absolute terms that the Jaski report was 'not the work of Jaski' or 'solely the work of Wright'. Such binary descriptions are unhelpful. Jaski directed that the valuation opinion should be prepared according to the orthodox CFME methodology (leaving to one side the unsatisfactory adaption of that method by reference to an analysis of the Plus 'group', which is discussed below). He did review and consider the questions of FME and the appropriate multiple, however he did so on the basis of a report (that is, an analysis reflecting workings and conclusions expressed in valuation amounts) that had been prepared by a director of PwC who had compromised his independence. It was not suggested that Jaski himself had not brought an independent mind to the work that he did, but he was not starting with a clean slate, preparing the assessment himself. He was working with a tainted product, in the sense discussed.
433 In the circumstances it is not possible to be more particular about the ways in which Wright's compromised independence affected the content of the draft reports he prepared for Jaski. That difficulty should not be weighed in Jaski's favour (and ultimately in YSPL's favour), as YSPL sought to contend.
434 For the reasons discussed, the manner in which the Jaski report was prepared was most unsatisfactory, as Jaski himself recognised when cross-examined, despite his attempts at justifying certain aspects of the communications between PWC and Yelland. It was regrettable that those matters were not disclosed to the Court before Jaski was cross-examined. Ultimately, I conclude that the circumstances do not require me to entirely set to one side Jaski's opinion as though it had never been filed. They do require, however, that the reasoning supporting Jaski's opinions must be very carefully scrutinised, taking into account such objectively assessable support as appears in the report the conclusions stated in it, and what was elicited orally. I have undertaken that process as set out below.
435 YSPL mounted a counter attack on Hockley's evidence. It enumerated errors and gaps in his report that were said to have affected his FME calculation and adjustments and his capitalisation multiples, and it was said that he relied upon selective data and failed to refer to or take account of information relevant to the assumptions that he had made. The specific matters raised are discussed where relevant in the context of the substantive issues below. I do not consider that any of those matters by themselves or when accumulated establishes the conclusion for which the plaintiff contended, namely that his evidence 'did not demonstrate the degree of care, thoroughness, diligence, objectivity or transparency necessary for the Court to accord his opinions any significant weight'. Hockley's reports disclosed significant attention to detail, as did his oral evidence. He was prepared to make appropriate concessions. I do not accept YSPL's submission (audacious in the circumstances) that where Hockley's opinions differ from Jaski's on questions of judgment, Jaski's evidence should be preferred.
E.3 Should the relevant entities be valued as part of a "group"?
436 For the purposes of assessing the damages flowing from the breaches of the shareholders agreements the issue for decision is what value should be accorded to YSPL's interests in the Principal Plus Entities. YSPL held minority interests in each of those entities (30%, 25% and 20% of the issued shares in Plus Melbourne, Plus Brisbane and Plus Sydney respectively) and it was those interests that were acquired consequent upon the Termination Resolutions.
437 The valuers agreed that in order to assess the value of the YSPL interests it is first necessary to determine the value of the relevant entities and then to calculate the value of the shares held by YSPL in those entities, the latter part of the exercise in this case being essentially an arithmetical calculation, with allowances, as appropriate, for the fact that YSPL held minority interests. At the threshold, the parties approached this task from fundamentally different starting points. The defendants instructed their valuer to provide an opinion as to the value of each of the Plus entities and the respective YSPL interests therein. YSPL instructed its valuer to provide an opinion answering this question:
What is the value of:
(i) The entire Plus Group (inclusive of the Plus Companies and Plus NZ) as a group; and
(ii) YSPL's shares in the Plus Group as a group.
438 YSPL defined the 'Plus Group' for the purposes of the valuation task as the collection of entities comprising Plus International, Plus Melbourne, Plus Brisbane, Plus Sydney, Plus WA and Plus New Zealand. Plus WA was, but is no longer a party to these proceedings.[103] Plus New Zealand is a limited partnership constituted under New Zealand law and was never a party to these proceedings. As noted earlier, Plus International is the trustee of the Plus International Unit Trust. The interests held in each of those entities are set out in diagrammatic form in Annexure 2.[104] At the relevant time:
(a) In respect of Plus Melbourne, each of YSPL and Strunz's and Briggs' nominated shareholders[105] held 30% of the issued shares and each of Justin's and Liew's nominated entities[106] held 5% of the issued shares;
(b) In respect of Plus Brisbane, each of YSPL, Briggs' and Strunz's entities held 25% of the issued shares, and Juric[107] held the remaining 25%;
(c) In respect of Plus Sydney, Julka's nominated shareholder[108] held 25% of the issued shares, each of YSPL, Briggs' and Strunz's entities held 20% of the issued shares, and Pin's nominated entity[109] held the remaining 15%;
(d) In respect of Plus WA, Patrick Przeradzki's nominated shareholder held 25% of the issued shares; William Schofield's nominated shareholder held 25%; each of YSPL, Briggs', Strunz's and Juric's entities held 12.5% of the issued shares;
(e) YSPL, Briggs Nominees (Vic) Pty Ltd and Strunz Nominees Pty Ltd each held 30%, and Plus Melbourne and Plus Sydney 5% each, of the units in the Plus International Trust, of which Plus Architecture International Pty Ltd[110] was the trustee;
(f) In respect of Plus Architecture New Zealand LLP, according to the plaintiff's aide memoire produced in opening, it was Yelland NZ Pty Ltd (as trustee for the Yelland NZ Family Trust) and not YSPL, that held an interest in the relevant entity. Each of Yelland NZ Pty Ltd, Briggs Nominees (Vic) Pty Ltd (as trustee for the Briggs NZ Trust), Strunz Nominees Pty Ltd[111] (as trustee for the Strunz NZ Trust), Monster Architecture Pty Ltd[112] (as trustee for the NZ Monster Trust) and the trustees of the Atkins Family Trust, each held a 20% interest. On the subject of Plus NZ, Jaski was instructed that 'Yelland' held a 20% interest in 'Plus New Zealand Management', and asked to value the entire Plus Group inclusive of 'Plus NZ'. Nowhere in the materials comprising Jaski's brief that were produced at trial, was the entity through whom the Yelland interest was held, defined. Jaski's report calculated YSPL's interests in the 'group' to include a 20% interest in Plus NZ, but it does not appear, at least from any material before me, that Jaski interrogated that issue. I need say no more about it, given that it is necessary only to value Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane, and the relevance of Plus NZ is that it was said by YSPL to have formed part of the Plus Group.
439 As noted, both Jaski and Hockley adopted a CFME methodology. The significance of Jaski's application of the method to the 'Plus Group' lay in the adoption of a higher multiple than would have been the case had he assessed the value of entity separately. The valuers agreed that the appropriate multiple would be higher when applied to the Plus entities as a group. Why that was so was implicit in Jaski's methodology, which is discussed below. Broadly, a higher multiple reflected a different risk profile assumed in respect of a larger more diverse enterprise and the selection of so-called comparable transactions.
440 YSPL contended that the instructions provided to Jaski were appropriate, essentially because the relationships between the Plus entities were such that they 'operated as a group' and because the highest and best 'use' of the assets in question (Plus Melbourne, Plus Brisbane and Plus Sydney) was in each case as a member of the group comprising all of the Plus entities. The defendants disputed that YSPL's interests in those entities could be properly valued by reference to the 'Plus Group' construct. They said that factually, the Plus entities operated in a federated structure, but in any event for the purposes of valuing the interests in issue there was no proper basis on which to determine market value by assuming a sale of all of the Plus entities; and further, the highest and best use concept had no application to the assets in question, for the purposes of the transaction in question.
441 Because of the way in which the 'group' issue arose its conceptual underpinnings were not well articulated. The meaning to be attributed to the expression, 'group' for relevant purposes was not defined, save by reference to its membership (all of the Plus entities). Having been instructed to value 'the entire Plus Group' and 'YSPL's shares in the Plus Group as a group', Jaski said briefly in his report that valuing the Plus Group on a consolidated basis was appropriate, based on his understanding (meaning his instructions) concerning certain facts, and because, by reference to the 'highest and best use' principle of market value, any sale of the business would include the entire Plus Group, 'in order to maximise value'. The facts relied upon were listed in the report reflecting his instructions but were not meaningfully interrogated. How the concept of highest and best use applied to the question in issue was not explained in the Jaski Report.
442 Hockley valued YSPL's interests in each entity, as instructed. In his Third Report (responding to the Jaski Report) Hockley said that in his opinion it was not appropriate to apply a consolidated multiple to the Plus entities, including because the individual Plus entities were not controlled by a separate contractual agreement, had different shareholding interests, and different attributes including the period of time over which and the different markets in which they operated. Hockley said in the course of his oral evidence that in his opinion the concept of 'highest and best use' had no application to the issue at hand.
443 For the purposes of the Joint Report the experts were asked, on the question of whether it was appropriate to value the Plus entities collectively or individually, to set out the matters on which they agreed and on which they disagreed. In response, they each set out the reasons why they considered their instructions to have been reasonable, re-stating the matters set out in their respective reports. The experts gave oral evidence concurrently, with much of the examination occurring by way of cross-examination.
444 What is meant by the characterisation of the Plus entities as constituting 'a group', and the significance of that characterisation in this context, requires interrogation. It is convenient, however, to deal in the first place with the facts concerning the relationships between the entities. The relevant facts, which were largely not in contest, were as follows:
(a) As set out above, each entity had a different ownership structure. There were some common shareholders and directors.
(b) Each entity had its own governing arrangements. Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane had constitutions in similar but not identical terms, and shareholders agreements in substantially identical terms. No shareholders agreement was in place for Plus WA. There was no evidence as to the terms of the governing documents for the Plus NZ partnership. There was no overarching framework or agreement to which all of the entities were party. Nothing bound the members of any entity to participate in a sale of that entity or shares in it, for the purposes of effecting a joint sale.
(c) The entities had commenced operating at different times (for example, Plus Melbourne had been operating for more than a decade and Plus WA had been in existence for less than two years, at the relevant time); each had experienced different profit growth. As Hockley put it (in un-contradicted evidence), the entities had significant differences in overall size and scale including revenue levels and performance.
(d) Each entity operated in a different geographical market (i.e., in its own state).
(e) Financially, the entities functioned individually: there were no consolidated budgets and individual budgets were not prepared on a consistent basis across the group, no consolidated accounts and no consolidated financial reporting. The structure of remuneration for directors differed between entities.
(f) Operationally, the entities functioned individually. Decision-making responsibility, whether for financial, marketing, operational, legal or design and project related decisions, rested with the directors of the entity in question, and not with the 'group'.
(g) Staff from various offices worked in other offices from time to time, but a charge was levied between entities when that occurred.
(h) The 'Plus Group' was marketed as a national business. All offices used the name and logo 'Plus Architecture'. Email signatures (presenting promotional information to clients and other third parties) referred to projects that had been performed by various Plus offices and not just to projects completed by the entity in question; the Plus entities used a single website. The intent of the marketing in this way was to present to clients or potential clients that Plus was a single cohesive group with both an Australian and New Zealand presence.
(i) The individual Plus entities had entered into agreements with Plus International for the provision of services including labour hire, recruitment, expense payments, equipment hire, information technology hardware and website management. There was no obligation on the individual entities to use the services of Plus International to any particular extent. The Plus International 'mission' was described as including the provision of shared corporate services, to be a 'guardian' of the Plus brand, to facilitate collaboration and the sharing of skills and knowledge, and to drive 'strategy'. The ability to co-ordinate and share services was one factor that Briggs considered would enable the attraction of people who could ensure the success of the Plus entities.
(j) The service agreements were terminable on 7 days' notice by either side and did not clearly require any entity to actually use services from Plus International.
(k) Strunz and Briggs in particular had a vision to grow Plus Melbourne into a national practice, in order to strengthen Plus Melbourne's position and to create a group that could win larger projects and attract national clients.
(l) Strunz, Briggs and Yelland had agreed that they needed to develop a common platform and set of standards to control the quality and output of all Plus entities. To that end, Plus International was established. That was their aspiration but the evidence did not establish that the output of individual Plus entities was in fact controlled centrally or required to be delivered in accordance with group templates or standards.
(m) As discussed below (in the context of the notional franchise royalty fee adjustment made by Jaski), Plus International owned intellectual property comprising a folio of work created by Plus Melbourne, and entered into licensing agreements with Plus Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane, to allow them to use that work, for example in tendering for future work or in new designs. There was no obligation to use the work in the folio. Strunz said that the offices would not have wanted to lose access to the folio of work but there was no evidence about the extent to which it was used. Moreover, the licensing agreements were due to expire in December 2017 and there was no evidence of any steps having taken to extend them.
(n) In May 2017 Yelland obtained advice from lawyers Duffy & Simon concerning the risks faced by the directors and shareholders of Plus, having regard to the right of minority shareholders. The solicitors said, in very general terms, that because Plus International licences services and intellectual property to the other Plus entities there was a risk that 'the corporate structure on the face of it may fall within the definition of a franchise'. The advice was unelaborated by any consideration of detail, and was said to be relevant to the risk that a disgruntled shareholder or director might seek to bring a derivative action for failure to comply with Franchising Code.
445 Although the cross-examination of the experts and some of the lay witnesses (Strunz and Briggs) was in part directed to establishing the features of the Plus entities and their relationships that might support or detract from the characterisation of the entities collectively as a group, the question whether they ought or ought not be so characterised does not by itself take the issue very far. The answer to the question of whether a collection of entities is or is not a 'group' (however that expression might be defined), rather depends on the purposes for which the question is asked. The characteristics required in order to constitute a group for taxation purposes, for example, may differ from the requirements for another purpose. The relevant question here was not whether or not in the abstract the Plus entities should be treated as a group, but what was the proper approach to valuing them.
446 Jaski's opinion, when cross-examined, was that, given the facts with which he was instructed, there was 'evidence of a group structure'. He said that the Plus entities sat 'somewhere in the middle' on the spectrum in which at one end, a collection of entities was definitely to be considered a group, and the other, definitely not to be so characterised.
447 Hockley's opinion was that based on the operational and contractual relationships between the Plus entities, the way in which they operated was more appropriately described as a 'federated model' which, he explained, was common in professional services firms because it allows for efficiencies in costs and access to greater purchasing power for paid services and licensed programs. Hockley cited a number of examples of service firms with which he had experience, which he considered employed a federation model. That was in my view an apt description for the Plus entities. It also accorded with the description given by Justin who said that the entities had employed a federated type model in which the individual entities operated independently of one another but shared a common brand and other services that allowed the entities to leverage off one another.
448 For the reasons that follow, in my view the proper approach was that taken by Hockley.
449 Although Jaski was asked to value YSPL's shares in the 'Plus Group', obviously enough, YSPL did not have 'shares in the Plus Group' but interests in a number of the Plus entities. The orthodox starting point was then, to consider the value of each entity in question, as Hockley did.
450 I accept that having regard to the existence of numerous Plus entities and the varied connections between them, the question how, if at all, those relationships might affect or inform the value of YSPL's interests in the entities in question by reference to the estimated amount for which the assets in question would exchange between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm's length transaction, would have been a reasonable question to ask. However that was not the question asked of Jaski, and nor was it the exercise he undertook.
451 The logic of Jaski's approach to the consolidated valuation proceeded in this way. He started with the assumption that he was valuing the entities as a group. He then constructed a 'group' or 'consolidated' measure of FME, and selected a capitalisation multiple for the group as an entity. Next, he worked backwards from his constructed group enterprise value, dissecting that value into parts assigned to each entity, in order to calculate the value of YSPL's interests. More particularly:
(a) Jaski determined the FME (with relevant normalisation adjustments) for each of the individual Plus Entities (including Plus NZ) and added them together to reach a 'consolidated' FME figure of the 'group'.
(b) He then determined an earnings multiple - that is, a single multiple to be applied to the consolidated FME for the 'group', by identifying comparable transactions and cross checking by using a capital asset pricing model (CAPM) assessment of the appropriate discount rate for the asset. Jaski made those assessments in respect of the 'Plus group' as a whole. His analysis of risk profile and asset discount rates addressed all of the Plus entities together, characterised as a group, operating as a single business. His selection of comparable transactions were determined by comparisons with the size and characteristics of the 'Plus Group'. In identifying what he considered comparable transactions in listed companies he applied a 'control premium' to the value of those companies to enable comparisons, because the enterprise value of the listed companies he considered was based on trades in minority parcels of shares, whereas he was valuing the 'Plus Group' 'on a 100% basis'. It can be seen then, at least conceptually, how the adoption of the 'Plus Group' construct led to the adoption of a higher multiple than would otherwise have been the case. The selected multiple was 4.5 to 5.5 times EBITDA. The enterprise value of the group was accordingly expressed as a range, as result of applying a multiple of 4.5 to 5.5 times EBITDA to the assessed consolidated FME for the group. For the balance of the valuation assessment, the midpoint of the enterprise value for the group was adopted.
(c) Having reached an enterprise value for the group, Jaski then worked backwards to arrive at a value for YSPL's interests in each of the Plus entities, by allocating to each entity a share of the 'group FME' by reference to its individually assessed FME in proportion to the whole, then making various adjustments to the assessed share of enterprise value for each entity, on an entity by entity basis.
(d) Because the exercise proceeded in this way (aggregating FME, applying a multiple selected for the group and then apportioning the enterprise value between the entities), in respect of each entity, the ultimate result of the exercise was that its value had been assessed in effect, by applying a capitalisation multiple that was on Jaski's view applicable to a larger entity (the consolidated 'Plus Group'), to the FME for that smaller entity.
(e) Jaski adjusted reported net assets by deducting non-operating assets and liabilities, undistributed profits,[113] formation costs and related-party loans. He also adjusted the FME for each entity to allow a notional royalty payment to Plus International for provision of services and the use of intellectual property (that adjustment is discussed separately below).
(f) Jaski then calculated YSPL's interest by reference to its percentage of shares or units held in each entity, describing the interest as 'YSPL interest in Plus Group Shares'.[114]
(g) On instructions, Jaski did not make any adjustment to allow for the fact that YSPL held minority interests in the relevant entities.
452 Jaski said that his instructions to value the group on a 'consolidated' basis in this way were appropriate because on the basis of the facts with which he was instructed there were indicators of a group structure, and he could not see an impediment to valuing the entities as a group. As discussed, Jaski himself did not form the view that the relationships between the entities was such that they were so intertwined that it was necessary or appropriate to proceed in that way. He was not asked to give that opinion. He said, when cross-examined, that there was some evidence of 'group structure', and then proceeded on instructions and assumptions. Jaski also proffered, by one sentence in his report, that the approach was appropriate, because 'in accordance with the 'highest and best use principle' of Market Value, in my opinion, any sale of the business would include the entire Plus Group in order to maximise value'.
453 The proposition that a higher value might be obtained for the Plus entities when sold together, even if correct, did not establish that the nature of the exercise undertaken by Jaski (constructing a value for consolidated FME by individual assessments and adjustments and the applying a capitalisation multiple to the 'group'), was sound.
454 It was clear that Jaski's opinion itself was not directed to establishing that the proper method of valuation was the 'consolidated valuation' exercise as he performed it. In oral evidence he made plain that his starting point was an assumption, as illustrated by the following evidence:
I think the issue is, if you're looking at the valuation um, of - of the group, you're assuming that the group is up for sale, even if it's not. And so the way that we approach the valuation exercise is that we start at either - if we were only valuing one entity, we value the entity first. And then we work out what the individual shareholding is, and it doesn't matter whether there's two shareholders, or five shareholders, or ten shareholders; and it doesn't matter whether ten of those shareholders say, 'I'm never going to sell'. From a valuation point of view, we assume they sell, we assume that they sell the entire business, and then we go down and work out what the actual value is of that share. So from a group point of view, again it doesn't matter, because we value the group as a whole, and it doesn't matter whether some shareholders in some part of the group say they wouldn't sell or you have different options. But we start off with what's the value of the group, and then we work out, well, what's the relevant shareholdings that are apported [sic] to each of those entities.
455 It was put to Jaski that when considering a valuation on a group basis it would have been prudent to consider the differences in the corporate structures of the entities, including the fact that there were no follow on rights or carry on obligations so that different people can sell different shares in different entities without any restriction. His answer was that that was not relevant, 'because when we value an entity, we assume that the entity is going to be sold. When we value a group, we assume the group is going to be sold. All we're doing is dividing up the proceeds'. He said further, that 'under a hypothetical transaction where we assume even if a transaction's not going to happen, that it does, for our purposes of valuing'. He said his view would not change regardless of the market conditions prevailing locally, as Mr Robins QC put it, even though there might be radically different trading conditions for an architect say in post-mining boom Perth to population-exploding Melbourne and Sydney.
456 The conceptual foundation for the approach was taken to be that, 'any sale of the business would include the entire Plus Group in order to maximise value', as illustrated by the following exchange:
Witness (Jaski): On the basis that we're looking at it a - as a group ... We start off at the - at the highest level ... you may have ... an onerous shareholder agreement or other things, but you don't take those things into account when you value the - the head entity ... that does not matter if I buy the shareholdings because those - those agreements no longer apply to me. I buy the company, the company is worth whatever it is.
...
Robins QC: You're saying the constituent documents that repose the directors and shareholders agreement by which you say a group exists are irrelevant to your consideration?
Witness (Jaski): I'm saying it would be sold on the basis of a group, and I come back to the same federation model where you have a practice in each state and consider every - every group hypothetically considers selling. .... When they ... decide to sell the business, do they decide to all go it on their own or do they decide to say, 'Hey, we're better off coming together and let's do this as one package because we're going to be better off', and that that's - that's the basis that I've looked at it on and it's a pretty fundamental valuation basis ... There may be shareholders ... who don't want to sell, but we disregard that from a valuation point of view and we say, 'hypothetically they will sell'
...
Robins QC: where do you make that leap of faith from the fact that it's a sale of interests in all of the companies ipso facto it's a group valuation sale?
Witness (Jaski): Yes, okay, so I guess, at that juncture there's - there's a decision. Do you value these as individual entities knowing that you get less for them in a hypothetical sale, or do you value them as a group in a hypothetical sale? For me, there's nothing stopping - there's absolutely no issue from a valuation perspective in valuing them as a group ... If I was a participant or I was looking at the highest and best use, and I take it back to the real estate, you could sell the block of flats one by one or as a whole, ... but again, if I was the owner, if I was the participant, I would be doing it as a group because there is a higher value as a group. ... I'm not necessarily advocating a hundred percent this is a group, it operates as a group, there's certainly group structures in there, um, but as I said it's - it's a continuum from a valuation perspective, I don't see any issue in treating it as a group sale...
...Consistent with highest and best use, you could either form the view of, 'okay, how do I get the lowest valuation? Does that seem right? Or how do I get the highest valuation? Does that seem right?' And again, in valuation, we always look to maximise the value of the assets, so we don't - we don't normally take the assumption, 'what would a seller do? Would a seller try and lose money on his business?' No, he doesn't try and lose money on his business. When a seller goes to sell, he tries to maximise the value of the business. So, we look at it on the maximised value.
457 Even leaving to one side the critical fact that the opinion adopted a determinative starting point on instructions, not critically examined by Jaski, there were real difficulties with the utility of this analysis to deal with the task at hand, which was the valuation of YSPL's interests in the relevant entities.
458 A seller who owned all of the Plus assets might in theory assess the prospect of a sale of all of them as likely to produce a better result than an individual sale of the assets separately. However, insofar as the analysis of market value of the assets in question was to be informed by the supply side of the equation, Jaski did not examine whether in the circumstances it was reasonable to assume that all of the Plus entities would or could be sold as a group. He simply itemised the facts in his instructions, which in his assessment provided some evidence of 'group structure' and concluded on that basis that a prospective hypothetical seller would choose to sell all of the Plus entities (including Plus NZ) as a group. Jaski did not consider the structural impediments to doing so. He ventured that a group sale might or could occur, which was a view formed without any real factual analysis of the circumstances relevant to the transaction.
459 Hockley accepted that it might make sense for owners of the Plus entities to try to sell them as a group, but as he said in his evidence, the ownership structures of each of the individual entities and their governing agreements gave rise to the question 'can you actually sell ... all the entities as a group, having regard to the fact that you can't actually compel one particular company to necessarily sell the business', when there are several different shareholders across several entities in different structural configurations. Hockley also considered the demand side of the equation. Drawing on his experience with architectural and other professional services businesses, his view was that it was very difficult to say that relevant buyers would want to buy all of the entities as a group. A number of factors informed that view, including that most architectural practices of relevant size and scale would already have operations in at least one state; and many may not have a strategy of expanding into several states. Hockley did not accept that it was reasonable to assume that all of the entities could be sold together, for the purposes of assessing the price at which the assets in question would exchange between a hypothetical willing seller and buyer. That evidence was not undermined.
460 The cross examination of Hockley on this point was illuminating. It included the following exchange:
Witness (Hockley): ... If you're selling the whole group, as we say the whole group being all individual companies ... you can't sell Brisbane and Melbourne together unless the Brisbane shareholders agree and the Melbourne shareholders agree. And obviously you've got to look at the particular constitutions of those companies to sell as a group.
Maiden QC: Sure. But if we're looking at ... a valuation exercise of the entire enterprise, we start with the proposition that one would be able to, in order to determine the value of the entire enterprise, don't we?
Witness (Hockley): if that's the assumption that you're selling it as a whole, then that's where you would start.
Maiden QC: ... isn't that where we start when we're valuing - when we're doing a market valuation exercise? We assume we can sell the entire enterprise? ... And only when we come to work out the value of the individual shareholding do we contemplate the question whether or not a shareholder could compel the others to participate in a sale?
Witness (Hockley): No. Market value can either be a market value on an individual company transaction, or market value could be market value as a whole collective sale of a whole group. The market value doesn't determine whether you sell it as a group or whether you sell it as an individual company.
461 That exchange underscored that YSPL's case was founded on an assumption that the Plus entities could be sold as a group, if so sold would yield a higher value than if sold alone, and ought to be valued on that basis. The proposition put to Hockley was that any real-world impediment to a sale would not be considered in the valuation process until each entity was valued and the question whether a discount for lack of control was considered. He properly rejected that proposition. Jaski's evidence did not engage with, and was of no assistance on that point.
462 Jaski did not consider the demand or purchaser's side of the equation. In the course of his evidence he said, in passing, 'it's really about, what are the synergies that apply'. In response to a question from the Court he said there would be synergies from the purchaser's point of view, 'so the purchaser will be wanting to see, well, okay, if I get that one, do I get that? What's the benefit of having all of these in one bundle, versus, you know, just picking and choosing'. That was the extent of Jaski's attention to the issue.
463 Perhaps more fundamentally, Jaski's instructions required him to value the assets in question by assuming a different transaction to the one in question, assuming that all Plus entities were for sale, and treating the entities as one business.
464 Jaski might have been asked to assess what synergies a potential hypothetical purchaser would assess as flowing from the connections between the assets for sale and the other Plus entities, and how that would affect market value. But he was not asked to do that, or to give an opinion about how the relationships between the Plus entities might bear on the valuation question.
465 The analysis was not assisted by reference to the 'highest and best use' principle, which was misapplied by YSPL in this context.
466 Both experts accepted that the valuation exercise should be conducted consistently with the International Valuation Standards[115] (Valuation Standards) which provided that the market value of an asset will reflect its highest and best use, which is the use of an asset that 'maximises its potential and that is possible, legally permissible and financially feasible'. The Valuation Standards provide that the highest and best use of an asset 'may be for continuation of an asset's existing use or for some alternative use. This is to be determined by the use that a market participant would have in mind for the asset when formulating a price that it would be willing to bid'.[116]
467 YSPL sought to shoe-horn these circumstances into an 'alternative use' paradigm. As YSPL put it in submissions, 'operating one of the Plus entities as an individual practice and operating it as part of a group are alternative uses of the same entity'. That distinction was illusory and was inconsistent with YSPL's case, in which it sought to advance the contention that the entities in fact formed and operated as one group. I accept Hockley's opinion which was that the concept had no application here, as the use to which the assets in question were being put on any scenario, was as architectural practices.
468 The 'highest and best use' to which an asset may be put is one incident of the process of valuing an asset by way of hypothetical sale. As it was explained by Isaacs J in Spencer v Commonwealth,[117] the market value of an asset is to be determined by imagining a willing buyer and willing seller, and asking what is the highest price the buyer would offer, the seller being taken to take however much they can get. It is to be supposed that a willing buyer would take account of any other use to which the asset could be put, as, if there is some more profitable use, they would naturally be willing to pay a higher price for the asset than may be suggested by the seller's use of it.
469 Spencer is commonly cited as the antecedent of the use of the phrase 'highest and best use', although Isaacs J spoke of the purposes to which the asset could be put. Use in this context connotes the uses, purposes, or enterprises to which the particular asset could be put or applied. The concept directs attention to how else the asset for sale could be used, so as to fix the highest market price on the asset in the hypothetical sale. On this analysis, it is not necessary that the asset be a tangible asset, though some intangible assets may have no other use (e.g., a parcel of shares or a financial instrument).
470 The Valuation Standards reflect this analysis, providing that 'highest and best use is the use, from a participant perspective, that would produce the highest value for an asset'. On its face, clause 140.4 of the Standard[118] simply recognises that an asset valued alone may have a different highest and best use than were it valued as part of a group. As part of a group, different uses may become available - the acquisition of one plot of land with a small house on it may less profitably turned to use for a single townhouse than were it acquired with a row of neighbouring plots on which a row of townhouses could be built; in such a case each plot has and adds value to the others.
471 It is implicit that it is the hypothetical sale of the asset under valuation for which the highest and best use is to be determined - the plot or the row, the asset or the group. For example, in Adelaide Clinic Holdings Pty Ltd v Minister for Water Resources Jacobs J said, 'the highest and best use means exactly what it says - the most advantageous use of the subject land having regard to planning and all other relevant factors affecting its present and future potential'.[119]
472 What YSPL appears to have done is to substitute the asset being hypothetically valued - YSPL's shares in Plus Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane - with another asset entirely - the Plus group, which is not a transaction which is under consideration. There was never any question of the buyers buying the Plus group as a whole.
473 For those reasons I reject the assessment conducted on the basis of a group or 'consolidated' construct that was ultimately driven by Jaski's instructions.
474 Had the process of PwC's retainer not been compromised in the way that it was, and had Jaski been more involved in his brief, he may have applied a critical analysis to his instructions, but ultimately he did not do so in any meaningful way.
475 As noted above, the result of Jaski's exercise was to estimate the value of each entity and YSPL's interest therein by a process of aggregating FME across the 'group', applying a multiple selected for the group and then apportioning the enterprise value between the entities. Jaski's assessment of the FME for each entity, including normalisation adjustments, can be compared with Hockley's assessments because they have both been assessed individually. But Jaski's selection of a capitalisation multiple, which I reject, was made in respect of his constructed 'Plus Group'.
476 On the question of future maintainable earnings both experts had regard to historical and year to date financial performance of each of the Principal Plus Entities, together with financial forecast information. The approaches to the assessment of FME that each took, whilst an application of same overall methodology, were not directly comparable.
477 In assessing the experts' competing opinions I have had regard to the fact that in assessing expert valuation evidence, as Croft J said in Challenger,[120] and as approved by the Court of Appeal in Caradi,[121] the Court's task is to critically evaluate the valuations in issue and accept the expert evidence of the valuer whose valuation best withstands critical scrutiny, rather than piecing together a market valuation of its own.[122] It is not the Court's role to 'bring a third set of opinions into the arena'.[123] It is also clear that it is not permissible to 'average' valuations because the result 'would be a figure not arrived at by the application by the Court of the established principles of valuation'. As Croft J explained in Challenger, 'that does not mean, however, that the evidence of one valuer must be accepted on all issues'.[124]
478 For the reasons that follow, I prefer the approach of Hockley on the weightings to be applied for the purposes of determining FME, but with the exceptions discussed, which arise out of his cross-examination. As to normalisation adjustments, each of the experts made a number of adjustments to normalise the historical earnings of each of the Principal Plus Entities. In their Joint Report, the experts agreed that the differences between them were not material, except for those in respect of the remuneration paid to the directors of Plus Melbourne. In submissions, YSPL pressed challenges to Hockley's adjustments in respect of the directors' salaries. It also pressed Hockley's adjustments in relation to the wages to sales ratios. The more minor matters in dispute between the valuers were accepted as being immaterial, and, by and large, were not addressed in submissions.
479 The manner in which the evidence was presented and the nature of the cross- examination and submissions meant that a number of the issues raised were not taken to conclusion, meaning that the effect of the issue on the valuation was not, in many instances, quantified. For example, several of the criticisms made of Hockley in cross-examination were in that category, directed generally to his credit, in support of a submission that Jaski should be preferred.
480 I have considered the methodology of each of each of the valuers as revealed in their reports, and the specific points in contention. Given the approach taken by the parties, I have made findings on those issues, and, as I raised with the parties before and at trial, it will be necessary for the parties to incorporate my findings into a final valuation figure. If necessary I will hear the parties on that issue.
481 Jaski's report revealed an orthodox method for assessing FME, but he provided little by way of explanation or rationale for the assessments he made. He said that in order to assess an appropriate FME for the Plus Group he had undertaken a separate FME assessment for each entity, based on his consideration of the most recent historical financial performance, the FY18 budget, the FY18 forecast and year to date performance to 30 September 2017. For Plus Melbourne he observed that the office was well established and generating consistent earnings and accordingly Jaski had applied a 40% weighting to actual financial performance in FY16 and FY17. The FY18 budget was materially higher than historical results, reflecting expected growth in revenue and earnings. He placed a 20% weighting on the FY18 budget in order to reflect the 'growth potential for Melbourne'. At September 2017 Plus Melbourne was tracking slightly above recent historical results and the FY18 forecast still reflected anticipated growth in earnings, affirming his selected FME. The assessment was otherwise not explained and the projections and budget not interrogated. The schedule setting out the FME assessment applied the numerical weighting and normalisation adjustments (which were separately discussed) but did not further elucidate the basis for the weighting. The extent and substance of the reasoning for Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane was substantially similar. For Plus Sydney it noted that as at October 2017 Sydney's YTD performance was tracking below recent historical results, so the FME was revised to accord with the revised FY18 forecast.
482 Hockley made a number of specific and detailed criticisms of Jaski's assessments. They included that the weightings for Plus Melbourne including 20% of the FY2018 budget lead to an assessment of EBITDA of $2.6m which exceeded FY2016, a reduced FY2017 and a further reduced FY2018 performance on the available financial information; that the weightings for Plus Sydney including at 20% of the FY2018 budget resulted in an assessed EBITDA of $640,000 which substantially exceeded the FY2017 result and the further reduced FY2018 performance. He concluded in relation to Plus Sydney that,
The weightings of Mr Jaski have little regard to the actual performance and trends of the business as he applies a heavy weighting to FY2016 which is the peak performance of the business and also applies a weighting to the 2018 budget which is substantially higher than any achieved performance of the business and not anywhere near achievable based on the YTD2018 actual performance.
483 He drew a substantially similar conclusion in respect of Plus Brisbane. The analysis supporting that conclusion had been set out in the First Hockley report. He also observed that Jaski had placed significant reliance on the 2018 budgets set by the management of each Plus entity. A comparison of the budgets as at 30 September appeared to have been overly optimistic when compared to actual trading results for YTD2018. It was open to YSPL to have instructed Jaski to respond to that analysis. However Jaski was not instructed to respond to the Hockley Reports. Cross-examined, Jaski said that he had the Hockley Reports, but YSPL did not give PwC instructions to consider the reports or prepare a response.
484 By comparison with Jaski, Hockley's reasoning in support of his opinions was considerably more detailed. He commenced with a consideration of the history and characteristics of each Plus business and an industry analysis considering the overall outlook for the architectural services industry in Australia which considered factors including demand from commercial and industrial building construction and construction work done in Australia in each state. He undertook a relatively more detailed analysis of each entity's income, expense and EBIT, including comparing budget to actual results. He conducted cross-checks of the reasonableness of his valuations, assessing for each entity the implied value of goodwill (compared in turn to the expected ranges for the industry), and dividend ratios.
485 Hockley's adjustments to gross wages were addressed in cross-examination. In relation to Plus Melbourne, on the basis that gross wages as a percentage of sales reported in YTD2018 was considerably lower than historical financial years, he had recorded a notional wage adjustment of $195,000 in YTD2018, increasing gross wages as a percentage of sales in the YTD accounts to 46% of sales, consistent with that reported in the 2016 and 2017 full financial years. He accepted that the adjustment rested on the assumption that employee time spent aligned with time actually recovered in payments from the client, such that if income was determined as a percentage of project value rather than as recovered time, the normalisation may not apply. The extent to which it might or might not apply would depend on the relative components of rate-based and project-based billings. I consider that Hockley had a rational basis for his analysis but that the factual basis for his adjustment was not sufficiently established. That adjustment should be reversed and the FME calculation adjusted accordingly.
486 In respect of Plus Brisbane he accepted that it was not appropriate to use 2015 in a normalisation assessment for wages. With that year being excluded he would still have made an adjustment but having regard to FY2016 and 2017 he would have adjusted to around 44 percent rather than 47 percent. He would alter his adjusted normalised EBIT for Plus Brisbane from $800,000 to $975,000. Those adjustments should be made.
487 I do not accept that those adjustments or any other criticisms advanced in YSPL's submissions properly lead to the conclusion that Jaski's FME assessments should be preferred to Hockley's, in particular in circumstances in which Jaski's reasoning was, relative to Hockley's, notably more limited; Jaski did not respond to Hockley's specific criticisms of Jaski's report, and Jaski's report was tainted in the ways discussed earlier by the circumstances in which it had been prepared.
488 The most significant normalisation adjustment identified by the valuers as a difference between them was the adjustment required in respect of salaries for the Plus Melbourne directors. Each valuer stressed that neither of them was a remuneration expert. Both proceeded on the basis that in valuing a business it is usual to adjust for excessive or inadequate remuneration being taken out of the business by its current owners. It was accepted that the remuneration paid to each of Yelland, Strunz and Briggs, and described as 'salary', did not reflect a commercial salary having regard to their roles and responsibilities.
489 It was the intention of each valuer to reflect the market value of the compensation paid. They did that by adding back the salary in fact paid to each of Yelland, Briggs and Strunz and deducting the assumed commercial salary inclusive of superannuation in each case. The impact on EBIT and therefore FME if the director remuneration was adjusted to the figures proposed was set out in the Joint Report.
490 The short point is that the parties accepted that an adjustment ought be made to normalise the Melbourne directors' salaries but they elected to conduct the dispute in relation to this issue without calling any person qualified to express an expert opinion in relation to market remuneration, or seeking to establish market remuneration in some other way, save by reference to the facts discussed below. Hockley and Jaski did not themselves exercise professional judgment in relation to market remuneration, but instead, each analysed the facts with which they were instructed. Their instructions were substantially identical and did not appear to have been in dispute.
491 The evidence potentially relevant to the question of commercial remuneration was very limited.
492 The Melbourne directors, including Liew, were paid through a combination of salary and dividends. Only their salaries (but not the dividend component of their packages) was reflected in the end of year profit and loss statement for Plus Melbourne, and dividends were paid from nett profits.
493 The 'salary' components of their remuneration (wages and superannuation) was as follows:
494 Hockley was instructed that Yelland, Strunz, Briggs and Liew (the directors of Plus Melbourne) each received a salary package of $207,600 in FY2017 comprised of 'salary', superannuation, dividends and franking credits. Their salaries had been slightly higher in 2016 and higher again in 2015.
495 In addition, Hockley identified expense amounts recorded monthly in the profit and loss expense general ledgers for YTD2018, described as 'dividends in lieu of salary'. Those amounts appeared to represent amounts paid to the directors at year end as dividends as part of their remuneration arrangements, which were transferred out of the profit and loss statement of Plus Melbourne at year end. Having regard to that information Hockley assessed the total remuneration packages paid to each of the Melbourne directors, including dividends in lieu of wages, at $230,000 for FY2019.
496 For the purposes of the valuation exercise Hockley's assumption was that each of the directors took out of Plus Melbourne a salary that was a commercial amount. He made clear that that was an assumption, because he did not have expertise in assessing market remuneration. He then took that number for 2019 and adjusted backwards by the wage price inflation index to reach a value for each of the earlier years. Hockley said that he did undertake a review of market remuneration and also had regard to other architectural practices that he was aware of, although he did not record any details of those inquiries in his reports.
497 Jaski stressed that he too, was not a remuneration expert. He adjusted the historical earnings for Plus Melbourne assuming a commercial remuneration package for each of the three directors of $190,000 inclusive of superannuation. His basis for doing so was two-fold. Principally, he relied on the salaries paid to the other directors of the Plus Group. He also referred to what he described as industry research, including the Association of Consulting Architects Australia 2017 National Salary Survey which, he said, reported an average salary of $143,716 for an experienced director/principal.
498 The directors of the other Plus entities were paid wages and superannuation (as reflected in the financial statements) as follows:
499 Hockley said that the role that a director fulfils within the organisation is commercially reflected in salary, and not as part of their profit share. A director would usually be paid a premium to market remuneration to recognise and reward them for their role as director. Furthermore, Plus Melbourne is a substantially larger practice than Plus Brisbane, although they are in different geographical markets. Hockley said that a Melbourne director based in Melbourne would be paid substantially higher than Brisbane, even on a 'cursory look'.
500 Jaski said that he did not know and could not tell whether the Melbourne directors' 'dividend' payments were arm's length or commercial payments, because they were described as profit distribution. He adopted $190,000 as a proxy for a commercial salary based on what the other directors were being paid, checked against the National Architecture Survey. The survey relied upon by Jaski was not tendered or analysed in submissions. On his own assessment, the 'average' salary identified in that survey was not to be taken without adjustment, as market remuneration in this case.
501 Having regard to the valuers' professed lack of expertise on the question of remuneration I must reach a value that in my assessment best reflects the available facts. As I have said, the evidence was scant. I do not consider that there is sufficient evidence to conclude that the Melbourne directors' salary packages as calculated by Hockley, incorporating remuneration described as 'dividends' as recorded in the management accounts, represents or can be taken as a proxy for market remuneration. It may be accepted that they were acting in very senior roles and that remuneration of senior people may take various forms for a range of commercial reasons. But it is also possible that the 'dividend' payments reflect their position as shareholders through their respective entities.
502 It was open to the parties to adduce evidence on these matters but they did not do so. Doing my best on the evidence available, noting that both parties accepted that a normalisation adjustment was required, I consider that the safest proxy for market remuneration is the remuneration (wages and superannuation) paid to the other directors, at the highest end of the spectrum. I accept that the relevant markets in Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane may be different, but there was no evidence on that question. The senior Brisbane director was paid $201,312 in FY2018. That figure should be adopted as a proxy for market remuneration and the Plus Melbourne earnings adjusted accordingly. An adjustment should be made to the FME for Plus Melbourne accordingly. I understand the logic adopted by Hockley in applying the wage-price index to adjust the 2018 amounts for earlier years, but no evidence before me would permit me to make that calculation.
503 Jaski's opinion was that an earnings multiple in the range of 4.5 to 5.5 times EBITDA was an appropriate rate at which to capitalise the FME of the 'Plus Group'. He reached that view having regard to implied multiples in what he said were comparable businesses and comparable trading companies, research reports on multiples generally observed in Australian transactions of businesses with revenues of less than $20m, implied multiples from the 'capital asset pricing model' and the 'risk profile of the Plus Group'.
504 As discussed earlier, Jaski made that assessment in respect of the constructed entity that he called the 'Plus Group'. His analysis of risk profile and asset discount rates addressed all of the Plus entities together, characterised as a group, operating as a single business. His selection of comparable transactions were determined by comparisons with the size and characteristics of the 'Plus Group'. In identifying what he considered comparable transactions in listed companies he applied a 'control premium' to the value of those companies to enable comparisons, because the enterprise value of the listed companies he considered was based on trades in minority parcels of shares, whereas he was valuing the 'Plus Group' 'on a 100% basis'. As he put it in the Joint Report, he selected the earnings multiple based on his assessment of the entities as a group that generates approximately $20m in revenue and $6m of EBITDA, noting that large businesses typically attract a higher multiple than otherwise similar smaller businesses.
505 It is apparent then, that it was not possible to deconstruct Jaski's conclusion (or his process) to arrive at an implied multiple for each individual entity, assessed by itself. Jaski was not asked to do that and did not purport to do so. YSPL did not provide an alternative valuation, predicating its case on the group construct.
506 YSPL did not submit that in the event that I rejected its group thesis, that it should be afforded the opportunity to put on more evidence, and nor was there any aspect of the conduct of the proceeding that indicated that fairness would require me to adopt that course. Indeed, both parties were clear that the question of value and damages should be decided on the basis of the existing evidence.
507 For the purposes of the Joint Report the valuers each reiterated the conclusions stated in their own reports, and each expressed a limited view about an appropriate valuation on an alternative basis (in Jaski's case, comprising two short paragraphs and in Hockley's, one short paragraph). In neither case could those observations be taken as a considered opinion. Jaski referred to four transactions discussed in Hockley's Third Report concerning entities of a similar scale and size, which transacted at multiples of 3.8 and 4.2 times EBITDA. He said that on the basis of those transactions 'and the other comparable data identified', if the Court considered it appropriate to value the Plus entities on an individual basis, an EBIT multiple of between 3.5 and 4.5 times should be applied, with Plus WA at the low end, and Plus Melbourne at the high end of the range. For the reasons discussed by Hockley (considered below), there was real difficulty identifying comparable data. Those parts of the Joint Report are insufficient to constitute a considered opinion by Jaski as to the capitalisation multiple that should be applied in respect of Plus Melbourne, Brisbane or Sydney.
508 The consequence is that the only opinion before me as to the capitalisation multiples applicable to Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane valued individually is the opinion of Hockley.
509 Hockley's opinion was that in respect of Plus Melbourne a multiple of 3.25x EBIT (2.9x EBITDA) should be applied; in respect Plus Sydney, 2.75x EBIT (2.0x EBITDA) and in respect of Plus Brisbane, 3.0x EIBT (2.7x EBITDA).
510 For reasons that he explained, Hockley was not assisted by available 'objective' data concerning potentially comparable companies or transactions because they were not truly comparable. In light of Hockley's ready concessions that he obtained no assistance from comparator companies and comparator transactions, the plaintiff submitted that Hockley's calculations were entirely arbitrary. I reject that submission.
511 Hockley formed a judgment about the return that a prudent investor would likely seek in respect of the specific businesses in question. I am satisfied from his report that he undertook that exercise in light of his detailed analysis of the businesses. Having done that, he applied sensible cross-checks in respect of his valuations.
512 Hockley explained in his report that in selecting an appropriate multiple he would typically consider trading multiples of comparable companies; transactional multiples of comparable company acquisitions that had occurred in the relevant industry, and other available anecdotal information. He considered at some length potential comparable companies and transactions, but reached the view that that data was of limited assistance because the transactions and companies were not truly comparable. Having regard to the matters set out below, I consider that Hockley's opinion that the appropriate multiples for the capitalisation of the FME of Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane could not be reasonably calculated by reference to so-called comparable transactions or comparable companies, was soundly based. The fact that truly comparable transactions could not be identified in respect of these transactions was unsurprising. Data from transactions affecting unlisted companies is, by definition, not public data. And as Wayne Lonergan explains in his oft-cited text,
While the [capitalisation multiples] of similar companies listed on the stock exchange may provide some guide to the market's perceptions of the risk inherent in the industry, in many cases the company being valued is not directly comparable with any listed company even when operating within the same industry.[125]
513 Hockley went to some lengths to identify comparator companies and transactions and coherently explain why it was that he considered that the available data did not produce anything truly comparable, explaining that size and scale impacts upon the applicable capitalisation multiple. It is unnecessary to set out the lengthy lists of potential comparative companies and transactions considered by Hockley. I accept his characterisation of the transactions and companies based on the descriptions set out in his Reports and their annexures.
514 On the question of comparable companies and transactions, Jaski had identified numerous transactions which he said could be considered comparable to the transaction notionally involving the 'Plus Group'. Jaski accepted, when cross-examined, that with one exception, the so-called comparable transactions that he considered concerned major multinational, multi-billion dollar companies. The remaining transaction concerned a major multi-million dollar Australian surveying and geomatics services provider. It was apparent that the transactions and entities to which Jaski had regard (being the available pool of data) were significantly different in scale to the Plus entities, even if the entities were considered as a 'group'.
515 Jaski had undertaken an exercise of adjusting the reported or implied multiples from what he said were comparable trading companies, in which he applied a 'control premium' of 30% to their value in each case, because he was valuing the Plus Group on a '100% basis', having regard to the fact that the enterprise value of publicly listed companies represents minority interest value. Jaski also applied a 'public to private discount' of 50% to 70%, noting that private companies are typically valued at a discount to public companies for a range of reasons. He said that in his experience, the public to private company discount typically ranges from 20% for large private companies to 80% for micro private companies. He cited short extracts from some published papers to this effect.
516 Hockley's opinion was that it was not legitimate to seek comparability between substantially large international multi-faceted companies and the Plus entities (even if valued as a group). As he described it, the exercise was essentially one of speculation because the entities and transactions were simply not comparable. As to the adjustment to trading company transactions by the application of a control premium, Hockley said in his Third Report that the public to private discount applied by Jaski did not reflect more recent studies and were not based on transactions occurring in the Australian market, and that control premiums had been identified in a recent Australian study as varying significantly between industries. The analysis in that Third Report was not the subject of any response by Jaski.
517 Hockley considered the transactions that Jaski had identified as comparable and gave coherent reasons for excluding a number of them.
518 Of those said to be potentially comparable, at least on the basis of the transaction as described, the implied EBITDA multiples ranged from 3.8 to 4.2, in each case for the purposes of a 100% interest in the company or group. Hockley indicated that those businesses were land surveying businesses, not architectural practices, and that they were not directly comparable, but rather provided a broad guide to be considered.
519 Both experts referred to market transaction research which, for the reasons Hockley coherently explained, were of limited utility. Jaski had relied upon the Grant Thornton 2017 DealTracker report in which it was said that small to medium enterprises transact with historical EBITDA multiples in the average range of 5 to 6 times. As Hockley pointed out, that report qualified those multiples by saying that the result of the study was attributable to a number of deals attracting a large strategic premium above market and that the high multiples could also be attributed to a number of deals occurring in sectors such as financial services.
520 The RMIT publication 'Value My Business' tracks private business transactions and reports on associated transactional multiples. Hockley had referred to that publication in his report, but accepted that in the category relevant to architectural practices, there was insufficient data available and for the relevant period no multiples were reported. For medium businesses (turnover at $1m to $5m), the EBIT multiples across all sectors ranged from 1.69 to 2.45 times EBIT.
521 Jaski had applied a CAPM analysis to determine his multiple for the 'Plus Group'. The CAPM methodology calculates the cost of capital on the basis of prevailing rates of return adjusted for risk. An earnings multiple can be calculated as the inverse of a discount rate using the formula: earnings multiple = 1/(discount rate - expected growth). Applying that model, Jaski determined a specific risk premium for the Plus group by reference to which he could calculate or check an implied capitalisation multiple. In order to conduct that analysis, it was necessary to identify an 'asset beta' (β). The β value was intended to measure the extent to which expected return from the subject company would differ from the return on the market as a whole, on the assumption that in a competitive market, the expected risk premium will vary in direct proportion to the β of the business. That value was selected based on Jaski's assessment of comparable company betas.
522 The application of the methodology was, then, burdened by the difficulty that beset the other comparable companies based analysis in that it required an assumption or assessment that the β to be applied could be determined by reference to comparable companies that in this case, were not genuinely comparable. Hockley also made a number of criticisms of the CAPM methodology, to which Jaski did not respond.
523 As Lonergan explains, determining the appropriate capitalisation rate to be applied to the earnings of a business being valued is 'one of the most difficult areas in a valuation' for which the guideline is the question, 'what rate of return would a prudent investor seek upon his investment in this particular company or business?'. It is well accepted, as Lonergan explains, that values determined by capitalising FME should be compared for reasonableness with other valuation methods such as nett assets and cash flow multiples.[126]
524 Hockley undertook that exercise by considering the characteristics of the businesses in question, in the context of the relevant markets, in order to form a judgment about the appropriate capitalisation multiple for each entity having regard to the rate of return that, in his assessment, a prudent investor would seek upon their investment in business. He said that he had specifically taken into consideration the following factors:
(a) the size of the business when compared to the observed transaction multiples in the available data;
(b) the financial performance and history of the business over recent years;
(c) the sales trend for the relevant business from FY 2015 to YTD 2018;
(d) the decreases in the EBIT margins as a trend from FY 2016 to YTD 2018, consistent with the conditions experienced by the industry;
(e) the expertise of key personnel, including directors, in the business operations;
(f) fluctuations in the building and property market resulting in contracting demand for architectural services;
(g) the general conditions in the industry, including increasing competition and pricing and cost pressures from customers;
(h) economic factors, including a stable inflation rate, an interest rate that has been relatively steady and a relatively stable unemployment rate;
(i) other anecdotal data. By this, Hockley referred to valuations of which he was aware of other architectural practices of similar size that had occurred in mid to late 2017 wherein capitalisation multiples of 2.75 to 4.50 times EBIT had been adopted. Hockley accepted that insufficient information had been provided about those transactions for the Court to assess whether or not they were in fact comparable transactions. Hockley did not contend that those transactions were directly comparable, only that they might provide a general reference point.
525 Having applied his chosen multiple to the assessed FME for each entity, in each case Hockley performed cross-checks by considering the value of each entity adopting a future maintainable dividend valuation methodology which, as he explained, was a valuation methodology accepted and commonly used in the valuation of minority interests. In each case, he assessed a normalised net profit after tax and dividend ratio applicable to the future maintainable profit after tax of each entity, and in each case formed the view that the assessed range was reasonable. He also calculated an implied goodwill value. In each case, his opinion was that the implied goodwill value fell within the range of what was reasonably to be expected for architectural practices. Hockley's cross-checks were, of course, applied to the enterprise value determined in respect of each entity, which was a result of the application of the capitalisation multiple to the assessed FME and therefore functioned as a check of the reasonableness of the valuation as a whole, rather than a check on the capitalisation multiple by itself.
526 In this case, I am satisfied that Hockley did in fact take the particular analysis relevant to each of Plus Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane, considering the factors that he set out, including in the context of a detailed industry analysis. I am also satisfied that he undertook appropriate checking exercises. Given the absence of a responsive report or an alternative opinion, I need not set out the substance of Hockley's analysis any further.
527 Hockley also considered the internal transaction by which Monster Architecture (Jessica Liew's company) purchased shares on 1 January 2015 for $100,000 at a multiple of slightly less than 2.5. Hockley accepted that internal share transactions may not provide a reliable guide to the multiple at which shares might transact on the open market, but nevertheless they should be considered. As he put it, the internal transaction could be considered for the purposes of cross-checking the overall valuation opinion and said that you would have to have regard to it. It could not simply be ignored. It was a transaction between a willing buyer and willing seller, although it should be understood that employee share transactions may include some incentive in their price that could not be readily ascertained. It was put to Jaski that in relation to that transaction, that subject to appropriate discounting for the minority interest, the transaction could be used as a form of benchmark or at least a cross-check for the multiple for the overall value of the 5% parcel of shares. He answer was that it should be considered.
528 As Hockley said in his report, 'The determination of the capitalisation rate is not an exact science and is highly subjective. Thus, subjectivity arises as there is no formula or mathematical approach to determine an exact figure'.[127] That statement is evidently correct. It is a particular aspect of valuation which Kirby P described in these terms in Electricity Commission of New South Wales v Arrow: 'Valuation is not a science. It is an imprecise, opinionative activity involving the consideration of many variables, sometimes with equally legitimate outcomes'.[128]
529 The apparent difficulty where a multiple has to be selected but there is an absence of comparable transactions is that the way in which the valuer has considered the factors he or she has taken into account in exercising a judgment to reach a multiple cannot be explained in a mathematical or precise way. Where comparable transactions are relied upon, one may gain a measure of comfort by comparing the multiples adopted in those transactions. That comfort may be more illusory than real, depending upon the validity of the comparators. Although the comparison may be made of one number to another (because multiples are expressed as numbers), what is actually being compared is a judgment to be made in one case with a judgment or series of judgments made in other cases, each based on a range of factors subjectively assessed in an exercise of professional judgment. That is not of course to suggest that assessing value by considering comparable sales is not well understood and accepted as orthodox practice. Rather, the point is that, where it has been shown that the transaction in question cannot be reasonably assessed by reference to comparable transactions because none have been identified, the valuer's exercise ought not be condemned as unsuitably scientific for that reason alone.
530 As Hanson J said in Foody v Horewood No 2,[129] the adoption of a multiplier is a matter of judgment for the Court. I would have been assisted by more explicit reasoning by Hockley. However, having regard to the analysis set out above, the absence of a relevant contrary opinion, and in light of the nature of the task that I must undertake (as discussed above, I am to evaluate the expert opinion, determining which best withstands critical scrutiny but am not to 'bring a third set of opinions into the arena') I consider it appropriate to accept the multiples determined by Hockley in respect of Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane.
531 On the question whether any minority discount ought apply to the value of YSPL's interests in the Principal Plus Entities, Hockley was instructed to value the entities on both a pro-rata and minority interest basis. Jaski was instructed not to consider a minority interest discount. He accepted when cross-examined that a prudent valuer should have considered what discounts should be applied for a lack of marketability or control, and what discounts ought be applied for any lack of negotiability for the sale of a partial interest.
532 There is authority for the proposition that it is ordinarily inappropriate to apply a discount for a minority interest in the context of an oppression suit, particularly where a person has been unilaterally excluded from management. As the defendants pointed out, that was not YSPL's case here. In any event, the question now only arises in respect of a valuation of YSPL's interests for the purposes of its breach of contract claim.
533 As Hockley explained, a discount for lack of control reflects the absence of some or all of the powers of control over the entity such as the composition of the board of directors, investment decisions, financial structure and dividend policies. The amount of the discount will depend not only on the extent of influence attaching to the interest being valued but also to the circumstances pertaining to the balance of power. A discount for lack of marketability takes into consideration the limitations or restrictions on the disposal of the investor's holding. Where it applies it will reflect a lack of liquidity or a readily available market in which the asset may be valued, and the liquidity of the underlying assets.
534 In respect of each entity on the question of control, Hockley considered the constitution of the board, the constitutional arrangements for the removal of directors and the ability to block resolutions, the dividend history of the entity and studies on control premium. On the question of lack of marketability he considered the relative size of the parcel of YSPL shares to other shareholders, restrictions on the transfer of shares and the underlying assets of the company. Having done so he considered that discounts should be applied as follows:
(a) For Plus Melbourne, 10% for lack of control and 5% for lack of marketability;
(b) For Plus Sydney, 15% for lack of control and 10% for lack of marketability;
(c) For Plus Brisbane, 12.5% for lack of control and 5% for lack of marketability.
535 In the Joint Report Jaski said that if a discount was appropriate, the percentage ranges identified by Hockley were appropriate, with a larger shareholding typically attracting a lower discount.
536 The discounts assessed by Hockley in my view are soundly based and should be applied.
537 YSPL did not make a breach of contract claim in respect of Plus International. I have dealt with its 'notional royalty' adjustment to its valuation of the 'Plus Group', for completeness, given the attention paid to this issue at trial.
538 As mentioned earlier (see the 'Plus Group' point), Jaski adjusted his assessed FME for each entity by determining a notional 'royalty' payment by each entity to Plus International. As he explained in his Report, 'I have allocated value to each Plus Group entity based on my assessed FME. However, because Plus International is not a trading entity and operates at break even, in order to allocate value to Plus International, I have incorporated a notional royalty payment from the trading entities to Plus International'.[130] He said that an adjustment was necessary because Plus International ('albeit via the unit trust') owned the intellectual property of the business, which he took to have 'significant value'. In order recognise that value, as he put it, 'we need to come up with a methodology of how to appropriately put that in place'.
539 In his report Jaski said that the 'Plus Group' operates in a similar way to a franchise business because Plus International operates as a 'head entity' that owns the group's intellectual property and licences it to each of the trading entities, and has service agreements in place with the trading entities. By analogy, royalty payments made under a franchise agreement represent the regular fee paid by the franchisee to the franchisor in exchange for the use of the franchisor's systems and brand name for the provision of other support services such as marketing and training.
540 Jaski applied a notional royalty fee of 5% of revenue. He made the adjustments that he described as akin to normalisation, by calculating for each of the Plus entities 5% of their assessed FME revenue, deducting that amount from the FME for that entity and allocating it to Plus International. As a result, the notional royalty payment had the effect of increasing the assessed value of Plus International and decreasing the value of the other entities. As he explained it, 'it doesn't affect my valuation of the Group as a whole, but it does affect my allocation to the shareholders'.
541 The impact of characterising the Plus entities as a group, and then as a franchise, resulted in a significant value shift between the operating entities and Plus International which indirectly increased the value attributed to the Yelland interests.
542 For the following reasons I reject Jaski's assessment. It was made without any proper evidentiary or conceptual foundation.
543 First, the 'franchise' analogy and the imposition of a charge on the trading entities on that basis (or at all, on the evidence) was unsound. More particularly, it was a means by which a structural and financial relationship between Plus International and the trading entities was assumed to exist or was imputed. Jaski adopted that framework without proper regard to the evidence.
544 Jaski was not aware of the details of the relevant agreements or of the previous market transactions at the time of the Joint Report. He accepted that the licence agreements were due to expire in mid-December 2017.
545 In fact, the arrangements between the Plus entities and Plus International were such that Plus International operated on a cost recovery basis with Plus International making a net loss in 2016 and 2017. Plus International did not charge royalties to any of the Plus entities and the contractual arrangements did not provide for such fees to be charged. Not all Plus entities had documented agreements with Plus International or agreements between each of the operating practices. Yelland had accepted when cross-examined that the intention from its inception was that Plus International would provide services to the Plus entities at cost and not obtain a mark-up. Yelland had written to Liew on 15 December 2014 to assure her that the Plus International licences would be perpetual to the existing licences and that subject to CPI increases, the licensing fees to those existing licences would stay at $1,000 per annum.
546 Jaski assumed that the intellectual property held by Plus International held significant value, but he had not valued it nor been instructed to do so. Jaski accepted when cross-examined that the terms of the transfer of intellectual property from Plus Melbourne to Plus International in December 2014 was relevant to any determination of the value of Plus International. An independent valuation of the intellectual property including trademarks, brand and website as at 2 December 2014 produced a valuation of nil. The transfer price from Plus Architecture to Plus International was $10,000. Hockley's uncontradicted opinion was that because of market substitution rules by reference to which it was to be regarded as commercial valuation, it ought not be ignored. Otherwise, the folio of work owned by Plus International was not determined to have any particular or any substantial value.
548 Furthermore, insofar as the imposition of a notional charge on the trading entities relied upon their characterisation as franchisees, the Plus entities had autonomy in operating their own businesses, including in respect of staffing issues, operational control including costs and budgets, and the planning and operational execution of their businesses (see the analysis in relation to the 'Plus Group' point). Jaski assumed that Plus International was a 'head entity', but in fact, the manner in which they operated did to fit the franchise analysis. Cross-examined on the use by the trading entities of the intellectual property held by Plus International, Jaski said he 'didn't drill into that', and that,
I think my analogy for a franchise was at a very high level. Somebody owns IP, and licenses it, and regulates where you can use it. I didn't go into details as to all the different franchise models and whether this, specifically, aligned to a particular type of franchise model, and what was positive or negative. ... But at a very high level, um, I consider it an analogy to a franchise. But in any further detail, no, I didn't get into that detail.
549 Second, even leaving to one side the conceptual mechanism by which a notional fee was imposed on the trading entities, there was no proper basis for calculating it at 5% of revenue. Jaski said that his adoption of 5% was based on his experience (which was not set out or analysed) and his research from which he determined that a typical royalty rate for a franchise business was between 5% and 7% of revenue. As the defendants correctly submitted, the research quoted in support of the royalty rate was not itself the product of specialised knowledge or academic research, but was obtained by a Google search from a UK franchiser's blog post. The article did not support the claim made. Jaski accepted that it was not a peer reviewed piece of literature (or anything approaching that), but a blog post that his staff had uncritically accepted because it corroborated his 5% reference, that he said was based on his experience. Jaski himself had said that the level of royalty payable under a franchise agreement will depend on a number of factors, including the level of service provided and the industry in which the business operates.
550 Third, the notional royalty fee was a substitute for a legitimate valuation of the units in the Plus International Unit Trust. Jaski did not value the units and was not asked to do so. He accepted that there were numerous inquiries he would have had to have made in order to conduct that exercise.
551 Hockley accepted that in allowing some value for the intellectual property held by Plus International it would be appropriate to allocate value according to the income that could be extracted from the other Plus entities for the use of the intellectual property. It would have been open to YSPL to prepare and place evidence before me in relation to that question, but it did not do so. In all of the circumstances it has not established any proper basis for making an adjustment of that kind.
552 I infer, in light of the matters discussed under the heading of Jaski's independence, that this wholly unsatisfactory exercise was driven by Yelland's instructions and was not sufficiently the product of a critical analysis by an independent expert. If even I am wrong in so concluding, the difficulties with the opinion speak for themselves.
553 Hockley valued the interest held by YSPL in Plus International on a minority interest basis by reference to its adjusted book value, which I accept as an appropriate methodology. No financial statements were prepared for the company. Hockley made the assumption that the only assets held by it were represented by its paid up share capital of $1,200. No valuation of the units in the unit trust was made.
554 To summarise, YSPL's interests in Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane are to be valued by adopting Hockley's valuations of each entity with the adjustments that follow. Adopting Hockley's valuation as the base assessment is appropriate given the views I have reached above, in which I have largely accepted Hockley's valuations:
(a) As to FME, applying Hockley's assessments with the adjustments set out in paragraphs 485 and 486 in respect of wage normalisations and at paragraph 502 in respect of directors salaries;
(b) Applying the multiples at paragraphs 509;
(c) Applying minority discounts as set out at paragraph 534.
556 The amounts already paid to YSPL and accepted under protest are to be deducted.
557 I will hear the parties in relation to interest.
558 I will ask the parties to prepare an order to reflect these reasons.
Annexure 1 - Relevant clauses of the Shareholders agreements
(a) Associated director means, in respect of a Shareholder, the Director which is that Shareholder or has Practical Control over that Shareholder, and who as at the date of this Deed are the corresponding parties set out in Item 0, in each case for so long as the Director is such a Director;
(b) Ordinary Resolution means a resolution of the Board approved at a Director's meeting by at least the percentage specified in Item 0 of the votes of all of the Directors of the Company (whether or not all present and entitled to vote on the resolution);
(c) Ordinary shareholders resolution means a resolution at a meeting of Shareholders where each Shareholder has one vote per Share held and where the total number of votes required for passing the resolution is at least the percentage specified in Item 0;
(d) Transfer Notice has the meaning given to that term in clause 11(a).
Clause 2 Company's obligations to the Shareholders
The Company will conduct the Business as a going concern and as successfully as the Company using its best endeavours can achieve and ensure that it:
(i) insures and keeps insured the assets of the Company which are of an insurable nature against damage or destruction;
(ii) insures and keeps insured each of the Directors against death and total and permanent disablement:
(A) each year for a sum nominated by the Company by way of Ordinary Resolution and which takes into account the Company's profit in the preceding year; and
(B) with the nominated beneficiary of each insurance policy to be any person (including, without limitation, a Shareholder) nominated in writing as such by the Director to whom the insurance policy relates and which are, as at the date of this Deed, the beneficiaries set out in Item 11; and
(iii) takes out and keeps in force workers' compensation and public risk insurance; and
(iv) otherwise takes out and keeps in force insurance in amounts and against risks that a company holding assets and carrying on a business similar to that of the Company would prudently insure for and against;
(a) At all times, issues will be sought to be determined between the Directors or the Shareholders on a consensus basis.
(b) If a vote becomes necessary, a Director or a Shareholder (as the case may be) may submit a motion.
(c) Unless otherwise stated in this Deed, a motion submitted shall be passed by Ordinary Resolution and/or Ordinary Shareholders' Resolution (as the case may be and as required under this Deed).
(d) In respect of a Board resolution, each Director shall have one vote.
(e) In respect of a Shareholder's resolution, a Shareholder shall have one vote per Share held by it.
(f) If one or all Directors or Shareholders (as the case may be) request a meeting to be convened to consider a motion proposed by them then the meeting shall be convened as soon as practicable to consider the motion.
(g) A quorum of Directors shall be the number of Director which together represent at least the percentage specified in Item 0 of the total voles of all of the Directors.
(h) A quorum of Shareholders shall comprise the Shareholders of the company that hold at least the percentage specified in Item 0 of all Shares of the company.
(i) Reasonable notice of proposed meetings and agendas is to be given.
The Company must not do, or commit to do. any of the following without an Ordinary Resolution unless it is expressly required or permitted to do so under this Deed:
(a) Directors: any decision to appoint or terminate a Director or vary the terms of service (including compensation, remuneration and emoluments) of a Director;
(b) Board: any decision to change the minimum or maximum number of Board seats;
(c) redemption: the redemption, cancellation or buy back-of any Shares in the Company;
(d) provision of financial accommodation: any decision to lend any money to any person (other than by way of deposit with a bank or other institution the normal business of which includes the acceptance of deposits) or grant any credit to any person (except to its customers in the normal course of the Business) or give any guarantee, indemnity or security in respect of the obligations of any other person except in the normal course of business;
(e) non-arm's length transaction: the Company entering into any arrangement to enter into, vary or terminate any contract or arrangement (whether legally binding, or not) with any of its Directors or any relation of a Director. or any Shareholder or any relation of a Shareholder or with any related body corporate (as that term is defined in the Corporations Act 2001) of a Shareholder;
(f) dividends and distributions: pay or make any dividend or other distribution including without limiting the foregoing make any distribution out of capital profits or capital reserves (including any capital redemption reserve fund);
(g) litigation: any decision to commence, defend or compromise any litigation other than collection of trade debtors in the ordinary course of business;
(h) budget: adoption of every budget for the Company and approval of the financial statements and any material deviation from those budgets;
(i) business plan: adoption of the business plan for the Company and any material deviation from a business plan;
(j) taxation: any decision to make any claim, disclaimer, surrender, election or consent of a material nature for tax purposes;
(k) change in business: the establishment by the company of any new business, or any material alteration in the nature and/or direction of the Business; or
(l) capital expenditure: all capital expenditure of $20,000 or more in any financial year.
The Company must not do, or commit to do, any of the following without an Ordinary Shareholders' Resolution unless it is expressly required or permitted to do so under this Deed:
(a) Winding-up: any proposal to cease to carry on the Business or a substantial part of the Business of the Company or to wind-up or dissolve the Company or to take advantage of any law providing for the relief of debtors in adverse financial circumstances;
(b) encumbrance: the grant of any mortgage, charge or other security interest over, or negative pledge in respect of, any assets of the Company;
(c) new issues: the issue or allotment of any new Shares;
(d) disposal of Business: the sale, merger, transfer, assignment or disposal of the Business or any substantial part of it;
(e) acquisitions: the acquisition by the Company of any interest in any company or business, the establishment by the Company of any interest in any company or business;
(f) Shares: the modification or abrogation of any rights for the time being attached to any Shares;
(g) third party members: the approval of third-party transferees for any transfer of shares allocated to persons other than existing Shareholders; or
(h) modify this deed: the modification and or amendment to this Deed including to any obligation of the Company under this deed.
Clause 10 Directors - resignation, death or disability
(a) Any Director upon giving the minimum notice set out Item 0 to the Company, may resign as a Director of the Company:
(b) A Director shall resign as a Director effective immediately where, following a Ordinary Resolution, written notice is served upon them requiring them to resign because:
(i) any executive agreement entered into with the Company has been terminated;
(ii) they have fundamentally acted or omitted to act or are about to act or omit to act to the significant financial detriment of the Business;
(iii) they are totally and permanently disabled as defined in a policy of insurance effected on that one's life or, in the absence of such a policy, as determined by Ordinary Resolution;
(iv) they fail to resign as a director of another company and consequently are in breach of clause 18;
(v) their Nominated Shareholder fails to provide to the Company moneys required pursuant to clause 5.1 or has otherwise not complied with its obligations under this Deed in a material respect;
(vi) they or their Nominated Shareholder commences any action which could lead to the Company being liquidated;
(vii) their Nominated Shareholder retires as trustee of the respective trusts for which they are currently trustees and hold shares in the Company and the new trustee does not thereupon enter into a deed on terms similar in substance to this Deed under which it assumes the past and prospective obligations of the retiring trustee;
(viii) their Nominated Shareholder ceases to be a Shareholder or, in accordance with clause 11(p), ceases to be entitled to an Associated Director; or
(ix) in respect of an Associated Director, that Director ceases to Practically Control their Nominated Shareholder.
(c) If an Associated Director resigns, is required under this Deed to resign or whose employment is terminated as a director of the Company, dies or suffers a total and permanent disability, their Nominated Shareholder shall be deemed to have served a Transfer Notice which cannot be withdrawn pursuant to clause 11(d).
Clause 11 Transfer or Buy-Back of Shares of Shareholder
(a) If a Shareholder wishes to transfer all or any of their Shares or to have the Company buy-back all or any of their Shares (either party being collectively called "the Transferor"), the Transferor shall give written notice ("Transfer Notice") to the Company setting out full details of the proposal. ...
(c) If a Transfer Notice is given under clause 10(a) [sic][131] or is deemed under this Deed to have been so given, the value of the shares for transfer or for buy-back in respect of that Transfer Notice will be determined in accordance with Schedule 2A or Schedule 2B as set out therein.
(d) Within three business days of determination of the value, the Transferor who gave a Transfer Notice under clause 10(a) may notify the Company that the Transfer Notice is withdrawn and shall thereupon pay all costs incurred by the Company in determining the value PROVIDED THAT this right to withdraw the Transfer Notice does not exist if a Transfer Notice is deemed to have been given under this Deed.
(e) If the Transferor withdraws the Transfer Notice under clause 11(d), the Company ceases to be the Transferor's agent for the sale or buy-back of the Shares.
(f) If the value of the shares is to be determined under this Deed in accordance with Schedule 2B, the Company may decide by Ordinary Resolution that those shares are to be immediately bought back instead of pre-emptive rights offers first being made under clauses 11(g) and 11(h).
(j) Upon acceptance of an offer for the shares, the Transferor shall forthwith transfer the shares and pass title to the acquiring Shareholder or Shareholders or to other persons notwithstanding that the payment terms are in accordance with Schedule 2A or Schedule 2B.
(l) Upon the transfer being signed and delivered, the name of the persons so acquiring shall be entered in the register of members as the holder of the shares or, upon a buyback, the shares shall be cancelled. However, in respect of a buy-back of shares under this clause 11 for which the value is to be determined in accordance with Schedule 2B, the shares shall be cancelled immediately upon election by the Company to buyback the shares under this clause 11 notwithstanding that the payment terms are in accordance with Schedule 2B.
(m) The Transferor shall receive payment for the shares in accordance with the payment terms set out in Schedules 2A or 2B (as the case may be_)_ from the Company in respect of a share buy-back and from the transferee in respect of a share transfer.
Unless stated otherwise in this Deed, a notice, consent, approval, waiver or other communication in connection with this Deed must be in writing in English and signed by the sender or a person authorised by the sender.
Notices take effect from the time they are received (or deemed to have been received), unless a later time is specified.
Item 6 - Minimum percentage votes of Directors (inclusive)
Item 7 - Minimum percentage votes of Shareholders (inclusive)
Item 13 - Minimum Notice for a director's voluntary resignation - 10(a)
VALUE OF SHARES AND CREDIT LOAN ACOUNTS [sic] NOT IN A DEFAULT SCENARIO
The value of a Shareholders' shares and any credit loan accounts and a Director's credit loan accounts in respect of: (i) the resignation, death or total and permanent disability of that Director, Employee Shareholder or that Shareholder's Associated Director (as applicable); or (ii) a transfer or buy back (other than a transfer permitted under clause 11(q)), in either case which:
(e) arises due to the death or total and permanent disability of its Associated Director; or
(g) satisfies the requirements of clause 10(a) and which does not arise due to clause 10(b), or any other default or non-compliance with this Deed
(h) in respect of a Director and/or a Nominated Shareholder who dies or is permanently disabled, the aggregate sum of $1 or the value of the amount payable to the beneficiary of the insurance policy maintained by the Company pursuant to Clause 2(c)(ii) in respect of that Director or the Associated Director of that Nominated Shareholder (as applicable), whichever is the greater; or
(i) in respect of a Shareholder that does not have an Associated Director or in the event the Company is in default of its obligations under Clause 2(c)(ii) of this Deed, then:
(i) as to the value of the shares, an amount determined annually by unanimous resolution of the Shareholders; and
(ii) as to the value of the credit loan account, the amount as determined by unanimous resolution of the Shareholders,
in each case, failing the unanimous Shareholders' resolution required above, the relevant amount will instead be:
(iii) as determined by a suitable independent firm of accountants agreed to by a unanimous Shareholders' resolution; or
(iv) failing agreement as to a suitable independent firm of accountants, as determined in accordance with, and subject to, The Institute of Arbitrators & Mediators Australia Expert Determination Rules by a suitable independent expert nominated by the President or Chapter Chairman of the Institute of Arbitrators and Mediators Australia,
in each case by applying a consistent valuation methodology to that applied in determining previous valuations. Such valuation will be at the cost of the Company.
(a) In respect of Shareholders and Associated Directors, payment and/or repayment of Shares and credit loan accounts for which the value has been determined under this Schedule 2A must be made at the time that the transfer of Shares instrument is duly signed and delivered to the Company for registration.
(b) In respect of Directors that are not Associated Directors, repayment of credit loan accounts for which the value has been determined under this Schedule 2A must be made within 14 Business Days of the Company receiving notice of the event giving rise to repayment.
VALUE OF SHARES AND CREDIT LOAN ACOUNTS [sic] IN A DEFAULT SCENARIO
Where Schedule 2A above does not apply, the value of a Shareholders' shares and any credit loan accounts and a Director's credit loan accounts in respect of: (i) the resignation or termination of employment of that Director, Employee Shareholder or that Shareholder's Associate Director (as applicable); or (ii) a transfer or buy back (other than a transfer permitted under clause 11(q)), shall be a value determined as follows:
(a) a Shareholders' shares shall be seventy percent (70%) of a value as determined annually by unanimous resolution of the Shareholders; and
(b) any credit loan accounts in the name of the Director, Employee Shareholder or the Shareholder and its Associate Director (as applicable) shall be the amount as determined by unanimous resolution of the Shareholders,
in each case, failing the unanimous Shareholders' resolution required above, the relevant amount will instead be:
(j) as determined by a suitable independent firm of accountants agreed to by a unanimous Shareholders' resolution; or
(k) failing agreement as to a suitable independent firm of accountants, as determined in accordance with, and subject to, The Institute of Arbitrators & Mediators Australia Expert Determination Rules by a suitable independent expert nominated by the President or Chapter Chairman of the Institute of Arbitrators and Mediators Australia,
in each case by applying a consistent valuation methodology to that applied in determining previous valuations. Such valuation will be at the cost of the party to be paid or repaid the amount so determined.
(a) Payment and/or repayment of Shares and credit loan accounts for which the value has been determined under this Schedule 2B must be made by way of equal monthly instalments for two years from:
(i) in respect of Shareholders and Associated Directors, the date that the shares are cancelled or from the date the share transfer is registered (as applicable); or
(ii) in respect of Directors that are not Associated Directors, the date that the Company receives notice of the event giving rise to repayment.
(b) No interest will accrue in respect of the deferred payment contemplated above and, in respect of a buy-back only, the Company will issue a bank guarantee (on terms reasonably determined by the Company) to the Transferor in respect of the amount payable by its [sic] unless the Company instead pays the whole of that amount on the date of the first monthly instalment.
[1] The defendants are each of the Plus Architecture companies (the trading entities Plus Architecture Pty Ltd (known as 'Plus Melbourne'), Plus Architecture Sydney Pty Ltd (Plus Sydney), Plus Architecture Brisbane Pty Ltd (Plus Brisbane), Plus Architecture Western Australia Pty Ltd (Plus WA), and Plus Architecture International Pty Ltd (Plus International), and the companies controlled by each of the directors of the trading entities, which held the shares or units in those entities. The defendants were jointly represented at trial. For convenience, they are referred to collectively, save where it is necessary to differentiate between parties. The identity of the relevant entities and parties is described more particularity below. There was a dispute about the proper characterisation of the relationship between the Plus entities, and the implications of that characterisation for the valuation of the plaintiff's interests in the entities, which is dealt with below. The expressions 'group' and 'Plus Architecture' are used for convenience, save where the context indicates otherwise.
[2] The expressions 'oppressive' and 'oppression' are used where they appear in these reasons as a short hand expression for the criteria set out in s 232(e).
[3] YSPL has specified the particular defendants whom it submits should purchase its shares in each of Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney, Plus Brisbane and Plus International. Those defendants are other shareholders of each of the entities the subject of YSPL's oppression claims.
[4] YSPL also seeks compensation for being kept out of its money by reason of the fact that under the terms of schedule 2B of the SHA, the payment for its shares was received over a longer of period of time than would have been the case had the terms of schedule 2A been applied.
[5] By its prayer for relief, YSPL seeks that the sixth defendant (Briggs Nominees Pty Ltd) and the seventh defendant (Strunz Nominees Pty Ltd) purchase YSPL's shares in Plus International and that Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney, Briggs Nominees and Strunz Nominees purchase YSPL's units in the Plus International Trust, each in such proportions and on such terms as the parties agree or the Court determines.
[6] Yelland's company, YSPL, Strunz's company, the seventh defendant, Strunz Nominees Pty Ltd and Briggs' company, the sixth defendant, Briggs Nominees Pty Ltd. Details of the ownership of each Plus entity are annexed to these reasons.
[7] The eighth defendant, Family Clep Pty Ltd.
[8] The ninth defendant, Monster Architecture Pty Ltd.
[9] Strunz's entity in these transactions was Ormond SSFM Pty Ltd, the tenth defendant.
[10] The twelfth defendant, Julka Nominees Pty Ltd.
[11] The thirteenth defendant, Pin Design Pty Ltd.
[12] The fourteenth defendant, Bright Young Things Projects Pty Ltd.
[17] As noted above, in fact the plaintiff sought a compensatory order adjusting the value paid for the shares already transferred.
[21] Amended Statement of Claim, [43], [46] [47].
[23] As noted earlier, the expressions 'oppressive' and 'oppression' are used where they appear in these reasons as a short hand expression for the criteria set out in s 232(e).
[24] Tomanovic v Global Mortgage Equity Corporation Pty Ltd [2011] NSWCA 104; (2011) 288 ALR 310, 353 [172] (Campbell JA, Macfarlan and Young JJA agreeing) (Tomanovic).
[25] [1985] HCA 68; (1985) 180 CLR 459, 473 (Brennan J) (Wayde).
[27] Knights Quest Pty Ltd v Daiwa Can Company (2018) 366 ALR 557, 588-589 [130] (Beach, Kyrou and Hargrave JJA).
[28] Re Spargos NL (1990) 3 WAR 166, 189 (Murray J).
[29] HNA Irish Nominee Ltd v Kinghorn (No 2) [2012] FCA 228; (2012) 290 ALR 372, 490 [507] (Emmett J); John J Starr (Real Estate) Pty Ltd v Robert R Andrew (Australasia) Pty Ltd (1991) 6 ACSR 63, 67 (Young J).
[30] [2009] HCA 25; (2009) 238 CLR 304, 334 [72] (French CJ).
[32] Campbell v Backoffice, 360 [176] (Gummow, Hayne, Heydon and Kiefel JJ).
[33] [1999] VSC 460; (2000) 18 ACLC 85, 90 [18] (Byrne J).
[35] Joint v Stephens [2008] FCA 1963; (2008) 26 ACLC 1,467, 1,497 [136] (Nettle, Ashley and Neave JJA).
[36] McCausland v Surfing Hardware International Holdings Pty Ltd [2013] NSWSC 902, [651]; Shamsallah Holdings Pty Ltd v CBD Refrigeration and Airconditioning Services Pty Ltd [2001] WASC 8; (2001) 19 ACLC 517, 520 [14].
[37] Wayde, 467 (Mason ACJ, Wilson, Deane and Dawson JJ).
[38] [2015] FCA 498, [246]-[268].
[40] [2015] FCA 498, [251].
[41] Arhanghelschi, 101 [52]-[54] (Ferguson J).
[43] Wain v Drapac (No 2) [2013] VSC 381, [39] (Ferguson J).
[45] Donaldson, [78], [271], [272] (Beach J); see also this Court in KSG Investments Pty Ltd v Open Markets Group Ltd [2021] VSC 145 [279]-[280].
[46] Campbell v Backoffice, 362 [182] (Gummow, Hayne, Heydon and Kiefel JJ).
[47] RIC is a reference to Rayner (Strunz), Ian (Briggs) and Craig (Yelland).
[48] Alan and Michael were former partners of Justin.
[49] The question of the valuations said to have been agreed at the AGMs is discussed below.
[50] A buy-out order was sought both in respect of YSPL's shares in Plus International, and its units in the Plus International Unit Trust.
[51] See Vigliaroni v CPS Investment Holdings Pty Ltd [2009] VSC 428; (2009) 74 ACSR 282, [68]; Kizquari Pty Ltd v Prestoo Pty Ltd (1993) 10 ACSR 606, 612-13; Ciccarello, Re Adelaide Property Development Pty Ltd ACN 118 023 868 v Cubelic [2008] FCA 141, [28]; Wain v Drapac [2012] VSC 156; Arhanghelschi [51]-[52]; Trust Co Ltd v Noosa Venture I [2010] NSWSC 1334; (2010) 80 ACSR 485, [100], [105].
[52] See the principles set out at in part B.1.
[53] See in particular clause 1(f) of schedule 2A and the introductory words of schedule 2B ("where schedule 2A does not apply...").
[55] See for example YSPL's statement of claim at [14], [42], [46].
[56] Australian Broadcasting Commission v Australasian Performing Right Association Ltd [1973] HCA 36; (1973) 129 CLR 99, 109 (Gibbs J).
[57] Pacific Carriers Ltd v BNP Paribas [2004] HCA 35; (2004) 218 CLR 451, [22] (the Court).
[58] Mount Bruce Mining Pty Ltd v Wright Prospecting Pty Ltd [2015] HCA 37; (2015) 256 CLR 104, [46]-[51] (French CJ, Nettle and Gordon JJ); Victoria v Tatts Group Ltd [2016] HCA 5; (2016) 328 ALR 564, 575 [51] (the Court).
[59] Southern Cross Assurance Co Ltd v Australian Provincial Assurance Association Ltd (1935) 53 CLR 618, 636 (Rich, Dixon, Evert and McTiernan JJ).
[60] Global Partners Fund Ltd v Babcock & Brown Ltd [2010] NSWCA 196; (2010) 79 ACSR 383, [72] (Spiegelman CJ).
[61] Towne v Eisner [1918] USSC 7; 245 US 418, 425 (1918).
[62] Hospital Products Ltd v United States Surgical Corp [1984] HCA 64; (1984) 156 CLR 41, 64 (Gibbs CJ).
[63] Australian Broadcasting Commission v Australasian Performing Right Association Ltd [1973] HCA 36; (1973) 129 CLR 99, 109 (Gibbs J); his Honour was in dissent, but not in respect of this principle.
[64] See, for example, Chapmans Ltd v Australian Stock Exchange Ltd (1996) 67 FCR 402 at 411 (Lockhart and Hill JJ).
[65] Bergl (Aust) Ltd v Moxon Lighterage Co Ltd [1920] HCA 41; (1920) 28 CLR 194, 199 (the Court).
[66] Mount Bruce Mining Pty Ltd v Wright Prospecting Pty Ltd [2015] HCA 37; (2015) 256 CLR 104, 116-17, [46]-[51] (French CJ, Nettle and Gordon JJ).
[67] It was accepted by both parties that the reference in clause 10(a) to item "0" should be read as a reference to item 13.
[68] See, eg, Birrell v Australian National Airlines Commission [1984] FCA 419; (1984) 5 FCR 447, 458 (Gray J).
[69] SHA clause 1.1 and schedule 1 item 6.
[70] Plus Melbourne constitution, clause 4.
[71] Plus Melbourne constitution, clause 5.
[72] Plus Melbourne constitution clause 6.
[73] The Melbourne constitution referred to the Corporations Law extant at its adoption. The Corporations Act s 203C, which provides that in respect of proprietary companies, the company may by resolution remove a director from office, is a replaceable rule.
[74] Plus Melbourne Constitution, clause 67.
[75] Plus Melbourne Constitution, clause 68.
[76] Plus Melbourne Constitution, clause 70.
[77] Plus Melbourne Constitution, clauses 41-65.
[78] See clauses 13.3 (Appointing replacement person), 14.1 (Directors' powers) and 12.17 (Signing of resolution).
[79] An ordinary resolution was defined by clause 1.1 (incorporating item 6 of Schedule 1) to mean a resolution of the board approved at a directors meeting by at least 65% of the votes of all of the directors of the company (whether or not all present and entitled to vote on the resolution).
[80] See for example Cody v Live Board Holdings Ltd [2014] NSWSC 78; (2014) 97 ACSR 606 [16], (Brereton J); Re Rectron Electronics Pty Ltd [2013] VSC 384, [68] (Judd J).
[81] The payments were to be made in 24 monthly instalments under schedule 2B.
[82] The requirements of clause 1(a) of schedule 2B incorporated clause 1(i) sub-clause (i), of schedule 2A.
[83] Yelland agreed that the reference to 'SM' was a reference to Sam Marzano, the company's accountant.
[86] Plus Melbourne constitution, cll 41-61.
[88] Lord Buddha Pty Ltd (in liq) v Harpur [2013] VSCA 72; (2013) 41 VR 128, 206 [223] (Tate JA); Allstate Life Insurance Co v Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd (No 5) (1996) FCR 73, 76 (Lindgren J); BNP Paribas v Pacific Carriers Ltd [2005] NSWCA 72, [46] (Handley JA).
[89] SHA cll 1.1 and 17; see also Plus Melbourne constitution cll 41-61.
[90] Herrman v Simon (1990) 4 ACSR 81, 83.
[91] SHA cll 1.1 and 17; Plus Brisbane constitution cll 11 and 12.
[92] SHA cll 1.1, 17 and Schedules 2A and 2B; Plus Sydney constitution cll 11 and 12.
[93] Schedules 2A and 2B of the shareholders' agreements stipulated that the valuation in each case was to occur 'by applying a consistent methodology to that applied in determining previous valuations'. It was not submitted by either party that that clause or any other aspect of the SHA warranted any particular approach to the valuation of YSPL's shares for the purposes of determining the quantum of its damages.
[94] As discussed above, the time for payment is to be determined in accordance with schedule 2B of the SHA.
[95] The significance of the 'Plus Group' is discussed below.
[96] Plaintiff's final submissions, [269].
[97] National Justice Compania Naviera SA v Prudential Insurance Co ('the Icarian Reefer') [1993] 2 Lloyds Rep 68, 81; Re Qantas Airways Ltd [2004] A CompT 9 ('Qantas'), a decision of the Australian Competition Tribunal per Goldberg J presiding.
[98] (1981) 1 ALER 267, 276.
[99] Fortson Pty Ltd v Commonwealth Bank of Australia & Anor [2008] SASC 49; (2008) 100 SASR 162 at [114].
[100] Phosphate Cooperative Co of Australia Ltd v Shears (No 3) [1989] VicRp 60; (1989) VR 665, 683.
[101] FGT Custodians Pty Ltd v Mark Fagenblatt [2003] VSCA 33 at [5]; [3]-[28] (Ormiston JA, Chernov and Eames JJA agreeing). See also SmithKline Beecham (Australia) Pty Ltd v Chipman [2003] FCA 796; (2003) 131 FCR 500. Compare the decision of the Canadian Supreme Court in White Burgess Langille Inman v Abbott & Haliburton Co (2015) 2 SCR 182 in which it was held that in some circumstances a lack of independence may go to admissibility, a decision that does not appear to date to have been applied in Australia.
[102] Jones v Dunkel [1959] HCA 8; (1959) 101 CLR 298; ASIC v Geary (2018) 332 FLR 201 [230]-[240], [249] (Ferguson CJ, Weinberg JA and Sifris AJA).
[103] The parties settled all issues concerning Plus WA, during the course of the trial, on confidential terms. The parties informed the Court that as a result of the settlement, the Court would not be asked to make any findings concerning the value of the shares in Plus WA, however that did not mean that Plus WA lost all potential relevance to the valuation exercise. As the parties put it in a joint communication to the Court, 'Mr Jaski's opinion relies on the presence of Plus WA as a member of the Plus Group for the purposes of his valuation exercise, and the settlement does not affect the role (if any) that Plus WA might play in determining the value of the shareholdings that remain the subject of contention - i.e. those of [Plus Melbourne, Plus Sydney and Plus Brisbane]. But nor does the settlement preclude the defendants' contention that the Plus entities are not a group at all and ought to be valued, if at all, as separate entities'.
[104] The figures in Annexure 2 substantially replicate an aide memoire prepared by the plaintiff. The existence of the Plus International Trust, which was not shown on the plaintiff's document, has been added, as has the unitholdings in the Trust of Plus Melbourne and Plus Sydney, which had been omitted.
[105] The sixth and seventh defendants, Briggs Nominees (Vic) Pty Ltd and Strunz Nominees Pty Ltd.
[106] The eighth and ninth defendants, Justin Clep Nominees Pty Ltd and Monster Architecture Pty Ltd.
[107] A director a Plus Brisbane, and the fourteenth defendant.
[108] Julka Nominee Pty Ltd, the twelfth defendant.
[109] Pin Design Pty Ltd, the thirteenth defendant.
[113] The dispute between the parties concerning undistributed profits and loan accounts were resolved during the trial.
[114] YSPL's interests in shares, undistributed profits and loans receivable were calculated. Because the dispute regarding profits and loans were resolved, it is only YSPL's interests in the shares that are relevant.
[115] Published by the International Valuation Standards Council, effective 31 January 2020.
[116] Valuation Standards, [30.4]; [140].
[118] The highest and best use of an asset valued on a stand-alone basis may be different from its highest and best use as part of a group of assets, when its contribution to the overall value of the group must be considered.
[119] (1988) 65 LGRA 410 at 415, emphasis added. As an example of this approach to the analysis, see Trust Co of Australia Ltd v Valuer-General (2007) 154 LGERA 437; [2007] NSWCA 181 at [33], [34], [41] (Campbell JA, Beazley and Ipp JJA agreeing).
[120] Challenger Property Asset Management Pty Ltd v Stonnington City Council [2011] VSC 184; [2011] 34 VR 445, [17] (Croft J) (Challenger) citing Brewarrana Pty Ltd v Commissioner of Highways (No 2) (1973) 6 SASR 541 at 544-5 (Wells J).
[121] Caradi Pty Ltd v Secretary to the Department of Transport [2020] VSC 197, [109]-[111] (Tate, Emerton and Osborn JJA).
[125] Wayne Lonergan, The Valuation of Business, Shares and Other Equity, 4th ed, Allen & Unwin 2003 (Lonergan), 48.
[128] Electricity Commission of New South Wales v Arrow (1994) 85 LGERA 418 at 419.
[131] It was agreed that the reference to clause 10(a) should be read as a reference to clause 11(a).
Yelland Security Pty Ltd
Plus Architecture International Pty Ltd [2021] VSC 416
(2011) 288 ALR 310
(1985) 180 CLR 459
(2018) 366 ALR 557
(1990) 3 WAR 166
(2012) 290 ALR 372
(2009) 238 CLR 304
(1973) 129 CLR 99
(2004) 218 CLR 451
(2015) 256 CLR 104
(2016) 328 ALR 564
(1935) 53 CLR 618
(1984) 156 CLR 41
(1996) 67 FCR 402
(1920) 28 CLR 194
(1984) 5 FCR 447
(2013) 41 VR 128
(2008) 100 SASR 162
(2003) 131 FCR 500
(1959) 101 CLR 298
(2018) 332 FLR 201
(1907) 5 CLR 418
(2007) 154 LGERA 437
(1973) 6 SASR 541
(1994) 85 LGERA 418